]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blame_incremental - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
Release 1.3~pre2
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
... / ...
CommitLineData
1# Translation of apt manpages and documentation to LANGUAGE
2# This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
3# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
4#
5#, fuzzy
6msgid ""
7msgstr ""
8"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.3~pre2\n"
9"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
10"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-07-08 14:30+0200\n"
11"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
12"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
14"Language: \n"
15"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
16"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18
19#. type: Plain text
20#: apt.ent:1
21#, no-wrap
22msgid ""
23"<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
24" <author>\n"
25" <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
26" <contrib></contrib>\n"
27" </author>\n"
28"\">\n"
29msgstr ""
30
31#. type: Plain text
32#: apt.ent:1
33#, no-wrap
34msgid ""
35"<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
36"\t<para>\n"
37"\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
38"\t</para>\n"
39"\">\n"
40msgstr ""
41
42#. type: Plain text
43#: apt.ent:1
44#, no-wrap
45msgid ""
46"<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
47"<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
48" <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
49" <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
50" If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
51" <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
52" &reportbug; command.\n"
53" </para>\n"
54" </refsect1>\n"
55"\">\n"
56msgstr ""
57
58#. type: Plain text
59#: apt.ent:1
60#, no-wrap
61msgid ""
62"<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
63"<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
64" <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
65" <para>APT was written by the APT team "
66"<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
67" </para>\n"
68" </refsect1>\n"
69"\">\n"
70msgstr ""
71
72#. type: Plain text
73#: apt.ent:1
74#, no-wrap
75msgid ""
76"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
77" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
78"<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
79" <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
80" <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
81" <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
82" </para>\n"
83" </listitem>\n"
84" </varlistentry>\n"
85msgstr ""
86
87#. type: Plain text
88#: apt.ent:1
89#, no-wrap
90msgid ""
91" <varlistentry>\n"
92" <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
93" <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
94" <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
95" </para>\n"
96" </listitem>\n"
97" </varlistentry>\n"
98msgstr ""
99
100#. type: Plain text
101#: apt.ent:1
102#, no-wrap
103msgid ""
104" <varlistentry>\n"
105" <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
106" <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
107" <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
108"use. \n"
109" The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
110" configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
111"the\n"
112" default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
113"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
114" environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
115" </para>\n"
116" </listitem>\n"
117" </varlistentry>\n"
118msgstr ""
119
120#. type: Plain text
121#: apt.ent:1
122#, no-wrap
123msgid ""
124" <varlistentry>\n"
125" <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
126" <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
127" <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
128"arbitrary\n"
129" configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
130"Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
131" <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
132"multiple\n"
133" times to set different options.\n"
134" </para>\n"
135" </listitem>\n"
136" </varlistentry>\n"
137"\">\n"
138msgstr ""
139
140#. type: Plain text
141#: apt.ent:1
142#, no-wrap
143msgid ""
144"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
145" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
146"<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
147" <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
148"the\n"
149" descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
150" options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
151" <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
152" or several other variations.\n"
153" </para>\n"
154"\">\n"
155msgstr ""
156
157#. type: Plain text
158#: apt.ent:1
159#, no-wrap
160msgid ""
161"<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
162" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
163" <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
164" Configuration Item: "
165"<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
166" </varlistentry>\n"
167msgstr ""
168
169#. type: Plain text
170#: apt.ent:1
171#, no-wrap
172msgid ""
173" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
174" <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
175" Configuration Item: "
176"<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
177" </varlistentry>\n"
178"\">\n"
179msgstr ""
180
181#. type: Plain text
182#: apt.ent:1
183#, no-wrap
184msgid ""
185"<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
186" <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
187" <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
188" Configuration Item: "
189"<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
190" </varlistentry>\n"
191msgstr ""
192
193#. type: Plain text
194#: apt.ent:1
195#, no-wrap
196msgid ""
197" "
198"<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
199" <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
200" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
201"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
202"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
203" </varlistentry>\n"
204"\">\n"
205msgstr ""
206
207#. type: Plain text
208#: apt.ent:1
209#, no-wrap
210msgid ""
211"<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
212" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
213" <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
214" This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
215" i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
216" from a separate source\n"
217" or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
218" Configuration Item: "
219"<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
220" </varlistentry>\n"
221msgstr ""
222
223#. type: Plain text
224#: apt.ent:1
225#, no-wrap
226msgid ""
227" "
228"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
229" <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
230" Configuration Item: "
231"<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
232" </varlistentry>\n"
233"\">\n"
234msgstr ""
235
236#. type: Plain text
237#: apt.ent:1
238#, no-wrap
239msgid ""
240"<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
241" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
242" <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
243" Configuration Item: "
244"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
245" </varlistentry>\n"
246msgstr ""
247
248#. type: Plain text
249#: apt.ent:1
250#, no-wrap
251msgid ""
252" "
253"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
254" <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
255" Configuration Item: "
256"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
257" </varlistentry>\n"
258"\">\n"
259msgstr ""
260
261#. type: Plain text
262#: apt.ent:1
263#, no-wrap
264msgid ""
265"<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
266" <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
267" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
268"resource specified in\n"
269" &sources-list;\n"
270" Configuration Item: "
271"<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
272" </varlistentry>\n"
273msgstr ""
274
275#. type: Plain text
276#: apt.ent:1
277#, no-wrap
278msgid ""
279" "
280"<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
281" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
282" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
283"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
284"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
285" </varlistentry>\n"
286"\">\n"
287msgstr ""
288
289#. type: Plain text
290#: apt.ent:1
291#, no-wrap
292msgid ""
293"<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
294" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
295" <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
296"here.\n"
297" Configuration Item: "
298"<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
299" </varlistentry>\n"
300msgstr ""
301
302#. type: Plain text
303#: apt.ent:1
304#, no-wrap
305msgid ""
306" "
307"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
308" <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
309"keyrings can\n"
310" be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
311" Configuration Item "
312"<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
313" </varlistentry>\n"
314"\">\n"
315msgstr ""
316
317#. type: Plain text
318#: apt.ent:1
319#, no-wrap
320msgid ""
321"<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
322" "
323"<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
324" <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
325" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
326" </para></listitem>\n"
327" </varlistentry>\n"
328"\">\n"
329msgstr ""
330
331#. type: Plain text
332#: apt.ent:1
333#, no-wrap
334msgid ""
335"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
336"comparable\n"
337" to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
338"uppercase. -->\n"
339"<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
340msgstr ""
341
342#. type: Plain text
343#: apt.ent:1
344#, no-wrap
345msgid ""
346"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
347"contributed\n"
348" to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
349"further information\n"
350" specially related to your translation. -->\n"
351"<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
352" The english translation was done by John Doe "
353"<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
354" 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
355"with the\n"
356" Debian Dummy l10n Team "
357"<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
358"\">\n"
359msgstr ""
360
361#. type: Plain text
362#: apt.ent:1
363#, no-wrap
364msgid ""
365"<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
366"untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
367" in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
368"english in\n"
369" the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
370"reader that this\n"
371" is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
372"least for stable\n"
373" releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
374"<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
375" Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
376" This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
377" translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
378"\">\n"
379msgstr ""
380
381#. type: Plain text
382#: apt.ent:1
383msgid ""
384"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
385"e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
386"\"config_string\">"
387msgstr ""
388
389#. type: Plain text
390#: apt.ent:1
391msgid ""
392"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
393"synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
394msgstr ""
395
396#. type: Plain text
397#: apt.ent:1
398msgid ""
399"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
400"e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
401"\"target_release\">"
402msgstr ""
403
404#. type: Plain text
405#: apt.ent:1
406msgid ""
407"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
408"synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
409msgstr ""
410
411#. type: Plain text
412#: apt.ent:1
413msgid ""
414"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
415"--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
416msgstr ""
417
418#. type: Plain text
419#: apt.ent:1
420msgid ""
421"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
422"<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
423msgstr ""
424
425#. type: Plain text
426#: apt.ent:1
427msgid ""
428"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
429"pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
430msgstr ""
431
432#. type: Plain text
433#: apt.ent:1
434msgid ""
435"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
436"awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
437msgstr ""
438
439#. type: Plain text
440#: apt.ent:1
441msgid ""
442"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
443"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
444msgstr ""
445
446#. type: Plain text
447#: apt.ent:1
448msgid ""
449"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
450"e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
451"\"temporary_directory\">"
452msgstr ""
453
454#. type: Plain text
455#: apt.ent:1
456msgid ""
457"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
458"synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
459msgstr ""
460
461#. type: Plain text
462#: apt.ent:1
463msgid ""
464"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
465"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
466msgstr ""
467
468#. type: Plain text
469#: apt.ent:1
470msgid ""
471"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
472"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
473"\"override-file\">"
474msgstr ""
475
476#. type: Plain text
477#: apt.ent:1
478msgid ""
479"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
480"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
481"\"pathprefix\">"
482msgstr ""
483
484#. type: Plain text
485#: apt.ent:1
486msgid ""
487"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
488"generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
489msgstr ""
490
491#. type: Plain text
492#: apt.ent:1
493msgid ""
494"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
495"473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
496msgstr ""
497
498#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
499#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
500#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
501msgid "8"
502msgstr ""
503
504#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
506#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
507#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
508#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
509msgid "APT"
510msgstr ""
511
512#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
513#: apt.8.xml:1
514msgid "command-line interface"
515msgstr ""
516
517#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
518#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
519#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
520#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
521#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
522msgid "Description"
523msgstr ""
524
525#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
526#: apt.8.xml:1
527msgid ""
528"<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
529"package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
530"enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
531"to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
532msgstr ""
533
534#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
535#: apt.8.xml:1
536msgid ""
537"Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
538"user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
539"partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
540"overwhelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
541msgstr ""
542
543#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
544#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
545msgid "(&apt-get;)"
546msgstr ""
547
548#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
549#: apt.8.xml:1
550msgid ""
551"<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
552"configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
553"package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
554"available for installation."
555msgstr ""
556
557#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
558#: apt.8.xml:1
559msgid ""
560"<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
561"packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
562"&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to statisfy "
563"dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
564"a package requires the remove of an installed package the upgrade for this "
565"package isn't performed."
566msgstr ""
567
568#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
569#: apt.8.xml:1
570msgid ""
571"<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
572"remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
573"as a whole."
574msgstr ""
575
576#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
577#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
578msgid ","
579msgstr ""
580
581#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
582#: apt.8.xml:1
583msgid ""
584"Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
585"&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overridden for specific "
586"packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
587"a minus (-) to remove it."
588msgstr ""
589
590#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
591#: apt.8.xml:1
592msgid ""
593"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
594"following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
595"to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
596"by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
597"(&debian-stable-codename;, &debian-testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name "
598"(stable, testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this "
599"release for dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
600msgstr ""
601
602#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
603#: apt.8.xml:1
604msgid ""
605"Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
606"(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
607"accident. Just issuing an installation request for the accidentally removed "
608"package will restore its function as before in that case. On the other hand "
609"you can get rid of these leftovers by calling <command>purge</command> even "
610"on already removed packages. Note that this does not affect any data or "
611"configuration stored in your home directory."
612msgstr ""
613
614#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
615#: apt.8.xml:1
616msgid ""
617"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
618"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
619"now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s) needing them "
620"were removed in the meantime."
621msgstr ""
622
623#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
624#: apt.8.xml:1
625msgid ""
626"You should check that the list does not include applications you have grown "
627"to like even though they were once installed just as a dependency of another "
628"package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
629"&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
630"<command>install</command> are also never proposed for automatic removal."
631msgstr ""
632
633#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
634#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
635msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
636msgstr ""
637
638#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
639#: apt.8.xml:1
640msgid ""
641"<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
642"in the list of available packages and display matches. This can e.g. be "
643"useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature. If you "
644"are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
645msgstr ""
646
647#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
648#: apt.8.xml:1
649msgid ""
650"Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
651"installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
652"description of the packages content and much more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
653"look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
654"searching for new packages to install."
655msgstr ""
656
657#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
658#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
659msgid "(work-in-progress)"
660msgstr ""
661
662#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
663#: apt.8.xml:1
664msgid ""
665"<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
666"--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
667"certain criteria. It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
668"well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
669"upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
670"(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
671msgstr ""
672
673#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
674#: apt.8.xml:1
675msgid ""
676"<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
677"your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
678msgstr ""
679
680#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
681#: apt.8.xml:1
682msgid "Script Usage and Differences from Other APT Tools"
683msgstr ""
684
685#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
686#: apt.8.xml:1
687msgid ""
688"The &apt; commandline is designed as an end-user tool and it may change "
689"behavior between versions. While it tries not to break backward "
690"compatibility this is not guaranteed either if a change seems beneficial for "
691"interactive use."
692msgstr ""
693
694#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
695#: apt.8.xml:1
696msgid ""
697"All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
698"and &apt-cache; as well. &apt; just changes the default value of some "
699"options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So you should "
700"prefer using these commands (potentially with some additional options "
701"enabled) in your scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as "
702"possible."
703msgstr ""
704
705#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
706#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
707#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
708#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
709#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
710msgid "See Also"
711msgstr ""
712
713#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
714#: apt.8.xml:1
715msgid ""
716"&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
717"User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
718msgstr ""
719
720#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
721#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
722#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
723#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
724msgid "Diagnostics"
725msgstr ""
726
727#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
728#: apt.8.xml:1
729msgid ""
730"<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
731"error."
732msgstr ""
733
734#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
735#: apt-get.8.xml:1
736msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
737msgstr ""
738
739#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
740#: apt-get.8.xml:1
741msgid ""
742"<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
743"and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
744"library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
745"&synaptic; and &wajig;."
746msgstr ""
747
748#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
749#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
750#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
751msgid ""
752"Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
753"one of the commands below must be present."
754msgstr ""
755
756#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
757#: apt-get.8.xml:1
758msgid ""
759"<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
760"from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
761"location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
762"example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
763"<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
764"updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
765"performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
766"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
767"meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
768"advance."
769msgstr ""
770
771#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
772#: apt-get.8.xml:1
773msgid ""
774"<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
775"packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
776"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
777"with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
778"circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
779"already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
780"installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
781"status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
782"<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
783"<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
784"available."
785msgstr ""
786
787#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
788#: apt-get.8.xml:1
789msgid ""
790"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
791"<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
792"with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
793"conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
794"important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
795"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
796"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
797"locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
798"&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
799"individual packages."
800msgstr ""
801
802#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
803#: apt-get.8.xml:1
804msgid ""
805"<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
806"traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
807"&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
808"&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
809"performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
810"removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
811msgstr ""
812
813#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
814#: apt-get.8.xml:1
815msgid ""
816"<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
817"installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
818"qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
819"<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
820"<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
821"packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
822"retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
823"file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
824"package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
825"removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
826"a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
827"decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
828msgstr ""
829
830#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
831#: apt-get.8.xml:1
832msgid ""
833"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
834"following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
835"select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
836"install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
837"the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
838"Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
839msgstr ""
840
841#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
842#: apt-get.8.xml:1
843msgid ""
844"Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
845"used with care."
846msgstr ""
847
848#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
849#: apt-get.8.xml:1
850msgid ""
851"This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
852"already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
853"system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
854"all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
855"version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
856"package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
857"its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
858msgstr ""
859
860#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
861#: apt-get.8.xml:1
862msgid ""
863"Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
864"installation policy for individual packages."
865msgstr ""
866
867#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
868#: apt-get.8.xml:1
869msgid ""
870"If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
871"of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
872"it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
873"installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
874"matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
875"expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
876"expression."
877msgstr ""
878
879#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
880#: apt-get.8.xml:1
881msgid ""
882"<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
883"that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
884"leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
885"the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
886"installed instead of removed."
887msgstr ""
888
889#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
890#: apt-get.8.xml:1
891msgid ""
892"<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
893"that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
894"too)."
895msgstr ""
896
897#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
898#: apt-get.8.xml:1
899msgid ""
900"<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
901"packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
902"package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
903"the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
904"default release, set with the option "
905"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
906"per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
907msgstr ""
908
909#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
910#: apt-get.8.xml:1
911msgid ""
912"Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
913"<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
914"you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
915"from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
916"source versions or none at all."
917msgstr ""
918
919#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
920#: apt-get.8.xml:1
921msgid ""
922"If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
923"be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
924"the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
925"option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
926"package will not be unpacked."
927msgstr ""
928
929#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
930#: apt-get.8.xml:1
931msgid ""
932"A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
933"with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
934"for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
935"name and version, implicitly enabling the "
936"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
937msgstr ""
938
939#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
940#: apt-get.8.xml:1
941msgid ""
942"Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
943"<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
944"downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
945msgstr ""
946
947#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
948#: apt-get.8.xml:1
949msgid ""
950"<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
951"attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
952"the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
953"host-architecture can be specified with the "
954"<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
955msgstr ""
956
957#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958#: apt-get.8.xml:1
959msgid ""
960"<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
961"and checks for broken dependencies."
962msgstr ""
963
964#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
965#: apt-get.8.xml:1
966msgid ""
967"<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
968"current directory."
969msgstr ""
970
971#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
972#: apt-get.8.xml:1
973msgid ""
974"<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
975"package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
976"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
977"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
978msgstr ""
979
980#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
981#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
982msgid "(and the"
983msgstr ""
984
985#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
986#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
987msgid "alias since 1.1)"
988msgstr ""
989
990#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
991#: apt-get.8.xml:1
992msgid ""
993"Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
994"local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
995"removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
996"useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
997"growing out of control. The configuration option "
998"<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
999"being erased if it is set to off."
1000msgstr ""
1001
1002#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1003#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1004msgid ""
1005"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
1006"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
1007"now no longer needed."
1008msgstr ""
1009
1010#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1011#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1012msgid ""
1013"<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
1014"and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>. By default it "
1015"displays the changelog for the version that is installed. However, you can "
1016"specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
1017msgstr ""
1018
1019#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1020#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1021msgid ""
1022"Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
1023"files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
1024"download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
1025"format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
1026"by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
1027"with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
1028"they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
1029"own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
1030"file &apt-acquire-additional-files; shipped by the "
1031"<package>apt-doc</package> package."
1032msgstr ""
1033
1034#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1035#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
1036#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
1037msgid "options"
1038msgstr ""
1039
1040#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1042msgid ""
1043"Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
1044"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
1045msgstr ""
1046
1047#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1048#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1049msgid ""
1050"Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
1051"Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
1052msgstr ""
1053
1054#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1056msgid ""
1057"Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
1058"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
1059msgstr ""
1060
1061#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1062#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1063msgid ""
1064"Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
1065"option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
1066"to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
1067"completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
1068"running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
1069"dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
1070"structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
1071"means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
1072"offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
1073"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
1074"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
1075msgstr ""
1076
1077#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1078#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1079msgid ""
1080"Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
1081"integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
1082"packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
1083"<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
1084"selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
1085"line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
1086"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
1087msgstr ""
1088
1089#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1090#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1091msgid ""
1092"Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1093"<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1094"already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1095"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1096msgstr ""
1097
1098#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1099#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1100msgid ""
1101"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1102"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1103"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1104"file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1105"use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1106"may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1107"<literal>quiet</literal>."
1108msgstr ""
1109
1110#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1111#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1112msgid ""
1113"No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
1114"current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
1115"disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) so the system state could "
1116"change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
1117"executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
1118"configuration distorting the simulation. A notice expressing this warning "
1119"is also shown by default for non-root users "
1120"(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuration Item: "
1121"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1122msgstr ""
1123
1124#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1125#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1126msgid ""
1127"Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1128"<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1129"remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1130"(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1131"empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1132msgstr ""
1133
1134#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1135#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1136msgid ""
1137"Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1138"non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1139"package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1140"essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1141"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1142msgstr ""
1143
1144#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1145#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1146msgid ""
1147"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1148"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1149msgstr ""
1150
1151#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1152#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1153msgid ""
1154"Do not show a list of all packages that are to be upgraded. Configuration "
1155"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1156msgstr ""
1157
1158#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1159#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1160msgid ""
1161"Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1162"<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1163msgstr ""
1164
1165#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1166#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1167msgid ""
1168"This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1169"<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1170"are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1171"architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1172"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1173"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1174msgstr ""
1175
1176#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1177#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1178msgid ""
1179"This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1180"is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1181"dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1182"than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1183"a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1184msgstr ""
1185
1186#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1187#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1188msgid ""
1189"Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1190"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1191msgstr ""
1192
1193#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1194#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1195msgid ""
1196"Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1197"hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1198"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1199"holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1200msgstr ""
1201
1202#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1203#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1204msgid ""
1205"Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1206"<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1207"package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1208"package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1209"the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1210"will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1211"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1212msgstr ""
1213
1214#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1215#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1216msgid ""
1217"Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1218"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1219"packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1220"installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1221msgstr ""
1222
1223#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1224#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1225msgid ""
1226"Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1227"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1228"upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1229"new packages. Configuration Item: "
1230"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1231msgstr ""
1232
1233#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1234#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1235msgid ""
1236"This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
1237"if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
1238"situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
1239"Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1240msgstr ""
1241
1242#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1243#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1244msgid ""
1245"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1246"without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
1247"in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
1248"Configuration Item: "
1249"<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1250msgstr ""
1251
1252#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1253#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1254msgid ""
1255"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1256"without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
1257"except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
1258"system! Configuration Item: "
1259"<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
1260"1.1."
1261msgstr ""
1262
1263#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1264#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1265msgid ""
1266"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1267"without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1268"not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1269"<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1270"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
1271"deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
1272"<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
1273"<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
1274msgstr ""
1275
1276#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1277#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1278msgid ""
1279"Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1280"will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1281"hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1282"name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1283"and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1284"<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1285"is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1286"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1287msgstr ""
1288
1289#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1290#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1291msgid ""
1292"Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1293"(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1294"purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1295"<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1296"<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1297msgstr ""
1298
1299#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1300#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1301msgid ""
1302"Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1303"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1304msgstr ""
1305
1306#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1307#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1308msgid ""
1309"This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1310"turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1311"manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1312"obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1313"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1314"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1315msgstr ""
1316
1317#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1318#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1319msgid ""
1320"This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1321"default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1322"overrides the general settings in "
1323"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1324"not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1325"have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1326"from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1327"unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1328"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1329"manual page."
1330msgstr ""
1331
1332#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1333#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1334msgid ""
1335"Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1336"related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1337"<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1338"<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1339"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1340msgstr ""
1341
1342#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1343#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1344msgid ""
1345"If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1346"prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1347msgstr ""
1348
1349#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1350#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1351msgid ""
1352"If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1353"<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1354"<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1355"packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1356msgstr ""
1357
1358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1359#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1360msgid ""
1361"Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1362"<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1363"names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1364"this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1365"names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1366"up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1367"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1368msgstr ""
1369
1370#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1371#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1372msgid ""
1373"Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1374"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1375"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1376"<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1377msgstr ""
1378
1379#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1380#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1381msgid ""
1382"Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1383"<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1384msgstr ""
1385
1386#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1387#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1388msgid ""
1389"Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1390"can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
1391"risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself. "
1392"The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
1393"should usually be preferred over this global override. Configuration Item: "
1394"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1395msgstr ""
1396
1397#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1398#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1399msgid ""
1400"Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
1401"sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
1402"cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on the "
1403"concept and the implications. Configuration Item: "
1404"<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
1405msgstr ""
1406
1407#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1408#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1409msgid ""
1410"Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1411"are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1412"data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1413"Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1414"<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1415msgstr ""
1416
1417#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1418#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
1419#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
1420msgid "Files"
1421msgstr ""
1422
1423#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1424#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1425msgid ""
1426"&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1427"&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1428"APT Howto."
1429msgstr ""
1430
1431#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1432#: apt-get.8.xml:1
1433msgid ""
1434"<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1435"error."
1436msgstr ""
1437
1438#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1439#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1440msgid "query the APT cache"
1441msgstr ""
1442
1443#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1444#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1445msgid ""
1446"<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1447"package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1448"the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1449"output from the package metadata. The metadata is acquired and updated via "
1450"the 'update' command of e.g. <command>apt-get</command>, so that it can be "
1451"outdated if the last update is too long ago, but in exchange "
1452"<command>apt-cache</command> works independently of the availability of the "
1453"configured sources (e.g. offline)."
1454msgstr ""
1455
1456#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1457#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1458msgid ""
1459"<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1460"implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1461msgstr ""
1462
1463#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1464#: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1465#: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1466msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1467msgstr ""
1468
1469#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1470#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1471msgid ""
1472"<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1473"the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1474"versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1475"as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1476"those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1477"dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1478"question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1479"reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1480"libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1481msgstr ""
1482
1483#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1484#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1485#, no-wrap
1486msgid ""
1487"Package: libreadline2\n"
1488"Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1489"Reverse Depends: \n"
1490" libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1491" libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1492"Dependencies:\n"
1493"2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1494"Provides:\n"
1495"2.1-12 - \n"
1496"Reverse Provides: \n"
1497msgstr ""
1498
1499#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1500#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1501msgid ""
1502"Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1503"ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1504"libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1505"libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1506"installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1507"installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1508"best to consult the apt source code."
1509msgstr ""
1510
1511#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1512#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1513msgid ""
1514"<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1515"further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1516msgstr ""
1517
1518#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1519#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1520msgid ""
1521"<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1522"in the cache."
1523msgstr ""
1524
1525#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1526#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1527msgid ""
1528"<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1529"package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1530"between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1531"dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1532msgstr ""
1533
1534#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1535#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1536msgid ""
1537"<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1538"exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1539"virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1540"\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1541"several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1542"named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1543msgstr ""
1544
1545#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1546#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1547msgid ""
1548"<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1549"only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1550"Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1551"package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1552msgstr ""
1553
1554#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1555#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1556msgid ""
1557"<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1558"either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1559"as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1560"an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1561msgstr ""
1562
1563#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1564#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1565msgid ""
1566"<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1567"referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1568"packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1569"package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1570"they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1571msgstr ""
1572
1573#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1574#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1575msgid ""
1576"<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1577"found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1578"instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1579"larger than the number of total package names."
1580msgstr ""
1581
1582#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1583#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1584msgid ""
1585"<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1586"relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1587msgstr ""
1588
1589#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1590#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1591msgid ""
1592"<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1593"match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1594"records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
1595"<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
1596msgstr ""
1597
1598#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1599#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1600msgid ""
1601"<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1602"cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1603msgstr ""
1604
1605#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1606#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1607msgid ""
1608"<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1609"suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1610msgstr ""
1611
1612#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1613#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1614msgid ""
1615"<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1616"package cache."
1617msgstr ""
1618
1619#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1620#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1621msgid ""
1622"<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1623"--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1624"packages."
1625msgstr ""
1626
1627#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1628#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1629msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1630msgstr ""
1631
1632#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1633#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1634msgid ""
1635"<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1636"package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1637"the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1638"expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1639"including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1640"output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1641"package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1642"description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
1643"are."
1644msgstr ""
1645
1646#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1647#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1648msgid ""
1649"Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1650"and'ed together."
1651msgstr ""
1652
1653#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1654#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1655msgid ""
1656"<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1657"and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1658msgstr ""
1659
1660#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1661#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1662msgid ""
1663"<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1664"package has."
1665msgstr ""
1666
1667#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1668#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1669msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1670msgstr ""
1671
1672#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1673#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1674msgid ""
1675"This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1676"argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1677"for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1678"extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1679"<option>--generate</option> option."
1680msgstr ""
1681
1682#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1683#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1684msgid ""
1685"Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1686"download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1687"the generated list."
1688msgstr ""
1689
1690#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1691#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1692msgid ""
1693"<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1694"generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1695"url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1696"package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1697"relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1698"out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1699"the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1700"<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1701msgstr ""
1702
1703#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1704#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1705msgid ""
1706"The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1707"pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1708"missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1709"packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1710msgstr ""
1711
1712#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1713#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1714msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1715msgstr ""
1716
1717#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1718#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1719msgid ""
1720"The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1721"url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1722"tool</ulink>."
1723msgstr ""
1724
1725#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1726#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1727msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1728msgstr ""
1729
1730#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1731#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1732msgid ""
1733"<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1734"preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1735"source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1736"selection of the named package."
1737msgstr ""
1738
1739#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1740#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1741msgid ""
1742"<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1743"to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1744"archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1745"versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1746"<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1747"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1748"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1749msgstr ""
1750
1751#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1752#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1753msgid ""
1754"Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1755"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1756"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1757msgstr ""
1758
1759#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1760#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1761msgid ""
1762"Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1763"<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1764"information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1765"cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1766"Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1767msgstr ""
1768
1769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1770#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1771msgid ""
1772"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1773"More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1774"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1775"configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1776msgstr ""
1777
1778#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1779#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1780msgid ""
1781"Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1782"<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1783"be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1784msgstr ""
1785
1786#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1787#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1788msgid ""
1789"Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
1790"print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1791"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1792"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1793"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1794msgstr ""
1795
1796#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1797#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1798msgid ""
1799"Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
1800"only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
1801"will also show dependencies implicitly added based on the encountered data. "
1802"A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitly that this "
1803"package also conflicts with the package foo from any other architecture. "
1804"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
1805msgstr ""
1806
1807#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1808#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1809msgid ""
1810"Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1811"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1812msgstr ""
1813
1814#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1815#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1816msgid ""
1817"Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1818"it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1819"<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1820"will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1821"option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1822"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1823msgstr ""
1824
1825#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1826#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1827msgid ""
1828"Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1829"it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1830"<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1831"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1832msgstr ""
1833
1834#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1835#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1836msgid ""
1837"Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
1838"descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1839msgstr ""
1840
1841#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1842#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1843msgid ""
1844"Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1845"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1846"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1847msgstr ""
1848
1849#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1850#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1851msgid ""
1852"Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1853"that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1854"<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1855msgstr ""
1856
1857#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1858#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1859msgid ""
1860"Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1861"<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1862"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1863msgstr ""
1864
1865#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1866#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1867msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1868msgstr ""
1869
1870#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1871#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1872msgid ""
1873"<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1874"on error."
1875msgstr ""
1876
1877#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1878#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1879msgid "APT key management utility"
1880msgstr ""
1881
1882#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1883#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1884msgid ""
1885"<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1886"authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1887"keys will be considered trusted."
1888msgstr ""
1889
1890#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1891#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1892msgid ""
1893"Note that if usage of <command>apt-key</command> is desired the additional "
1894"installation of the GNU Privacy Guard suite (packaged in "
1895"<package>gnupg</package>) is required. For this reason alone the programatic "
1896"usage (especially in package maintainerscripts!) is strongly discouraged. "
1897"Further more the output format of all commands is undefined and can and does "
1898"change whenever the underlying commands change. <command>apt-key</command> "
1899"will try to detect such usage and generates warnings on stderr in these "
1900"cases."
1901msgstr ""
1902
1903#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1904#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1905msgid "Commands"
1906msgstr ""
1907
1908#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1909#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1910msgid ""
1911"Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1912"filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1913"filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1914msgstr ""
1915
1916#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1917#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1918msgid ""
1919"It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
1920"verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
1921"otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
1922msgstr ""
1923
1924#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1925#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1926msgid ""
1927"Instead of using this command a keyring can be placed directly in the "
1928"<filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory with a descriptive "
1929"name (same rules for filename apply as for &apt-conf; files) and "
1930"\"<literal>gpg</literal>\" as file extension."
1931msgstr ""
1932
1933#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1934#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1935msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1936msgstr ""
1937
1938#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1939#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1940msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1941msgstr ""
1942
1943#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1944#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1945msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1946msgstr ""
1947
1948#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1949#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1950msgid "List trusted keys with fingerprints."
1951msgstr ""
1952
1953#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1954#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1955msgid ""
1956"Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
1957"e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the the trusted set of "
1958"keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
1959"easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
1960"care."
1961msgstr ""
1962
1963#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1964#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1965msgid "(deprecated)"
1966msgstr ""
1967
1968#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1969#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1970msgid ""
1971"Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1972"keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1973"shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1974"distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1975msgstr ""
1976
1977#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1978#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1979msgid ""
1980"Note that a distribution does not need to and in fact should not use this "
1981"command any longer and instead ship keyring files in the "
1982"<filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename> directory directly as this avoids "
1983"a dependency on <package>gnupg</package> and it is easier to manage keys by "
1984"simply adding and removing files for maintainers and users alike."
1985msgstr ""
1986
1987#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1988#: apt-key.8.xml:1
1989msgid ""
1990"Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1991"above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1992"against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1993"configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1994"APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1995"<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1996msgstr ""
1997
1998#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1999#: apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2000msgid "Options"
2001msgstr ""
2002
2003#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2004#: apt-key.8.xml:1
2005msgid ""
2006"Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
2007"previous section."
2008msgstr ""
2009
2010#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2011#: apt-key.8.xml:1
2012msgid ""
2013"With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
2014"command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
2015"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
2016"<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
2017"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
2018"e.g. new keys are added to this one."
2019msgstr ""
2020
2021#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2022#: apt-key.8.xml:1
2023msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
2024msgstr ""
2025
2026#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2027#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2028msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
2029msgstr ""
2030
2031#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2032#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2033msgid ""
2034"<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set "
2035"various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being "
2036"automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
2037"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
2038"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
2039"<command>aptitude</command>."
2040msgstr ""
2041
2042#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2043#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2044msgid "Automatically and Manually Installed Packages"
2045msgstr ""
2046
2047#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2048#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2049msgid ""
2050"When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
2051"are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
2052"being automatically installed, while the package you installed explicitly is "
2053"marked as manually installed. Once an automatically installed package is no "
2054"longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
2055"longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
2056"<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
2057msgstr ""
2058
2059#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2060#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2061msgid ""
2062"<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
2063"installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
2064"installed packages depend on this package."
2065msgstr ""
2066
2067#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2068#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2069msgid ""
2070"<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
2071"installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
2072"if no other packages depend on it."
2073msgstr ""
2074
2075#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2076#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2077msgid ""
2078"<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
2079"installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
2080"installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
2081"given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
2082msgstr ""
2083
2084#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2085#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2086msgid ""
2087"<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
2088"<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
2089"installed packages instead."
2090msgstr ""
2091
2092#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2093#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2094msgid ""
2095"Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
2096"&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
2097"<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
2098"Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
2099msgstr ""
2100
2101#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2102#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2103msgid "Prevent Changes for a Package"
2104msgstr ""
2105
2106#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2107#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2108msgid ""
2109"<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
2110"prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
2111msgstr ""
2112
2113#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2114#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2115msgid ""
2116"<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
2117"package to allow all actions again."
2118msgstr ""
2119
2120#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2121#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2122msgid ""
2123"<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
2124"the same way as for the other show commands."
2125msgstr ""
2126
2127#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2128#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2129msgid "Schedule Packages for Install, Remove and Purge"
2130msgstr ""
2131
2132#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2133#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2134msgid ""
2135"Some front-ends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
2136"to apply previously scheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
2137"changes can be scheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
2138"<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
2139"<option>purge</option> commands. Packages with a specific selection can be "
2140"displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
2141"<option>showpurge</option> respectively. More information about these so "
2142"called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
2143msgstr ""
2144
2145#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2146#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2147msgid ""
2148"<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
2149"error."
2150msgstr ""
2151
2152#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2153#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2154msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
2155msgstr ""
2156
2157#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2158#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2159msgid ""
2160"Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
2161"signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
2162"that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
2163"no access to the Release file signing key. Starting with version 1.1 "
2164"<command>APT</command> requires repositories to provide recent "
2165"authentication information for unimpeded usage of the repository."
2166msgstr ""
2167
2168#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2169#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2170msgid ""
2171"If an archive has an unsigned Release file or no Release file at all current "
2172"APT versions will refuse to download data from them by default in "
2173"<command>update</command> operations and even if forced to download "
2174"front-ends like &apt-get; will require explicit confirmation if an "
2175"installation request includes a package from such an unauthenticated "
2176"archive."
2177msgstr ""
2178
2179#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2180#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2181msgid ""
2182"As a temporary exception &apt-get; (not &apt;!) raises warnings only if it "
2183"encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace period "
2184"on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception will be "
2185"removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace period by "
2186"setting the configuration option "
2187"<option>Binary::apt-get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2188"<literal>false</literal> or "
2189"<option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line."
2190msgstr ""
2191
2192#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2193#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2194msgid ""
2195"You can force all APT clients to raise only warnings by setting the "
2196"configuration option <option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2197"<literal>true</literal>. Individual repositories can also be allowed to be "
2198"insecure via the &sources-list; option "
2199"<literal>allow-insecure=yes</literal>. Note that insecure repositories are "
2200"strongly discouraged and all options to force apt to continue supporting "
2201"them will eventually be removed. Users also have the "
2202"<option>Trusted</option> option available to disable even the warnings, but "
2203"be sure to understand the implications as detailed in &sources-list;."
2204msgstr ""
2205
2206#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2207#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2208msgid ""
2209"A repository which previously was authentication but would loose this state "
2210"in an <command>update</command> operation raises an error in all APT clients "
2211"irrespective of the option to allow or forbid usage of insecure "
2212"repositories. The error can be overcome by additionally setting "
2213"<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2214"<literal>true</literal> or for Individual repositories with the "
2215"&sources-list; option <literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal>."
2216msgstr ""
2217
2218#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2219#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2220msgid ""
2221"Note: All APT-based package management front-ends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
2222"and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
2223"<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
2224msgstr ""
2225
2226#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2227#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2228msgid "Trusted Repositories"
2229msgstr ""
2230
2231#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2232#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2233msgid ""
2234"The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
2235"steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2236"trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2237"malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2238"archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2239"is preserved."
2240msgstr ""
2241
2242#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2243#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2244msgid ""
2245"apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2246"tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2247"<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2248"packages respectively)."
2249msgstr ""
2250
2251#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2252#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2253msgid ""
2254"The chain of trust in Debian starts (e.g.) when a maintainer uploads a new "
2255"package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
2256"become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
2257"of the Debian package maintainer keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
2258"package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
2259"pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
2260"procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
2261msgstr ""
2262
2263#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2264#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2265msgid ""
2266"Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2267"maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2268"computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2269"files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2270"then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2271"distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2272"&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2273"keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2274msgstr ""
2275
2276#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2277#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2278msgid ""
2279"End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2280"a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2281"downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2282msgstr ""
2283
2284#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2285#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2286msgid ""
2287"Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2288"basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2289msgstr ""
2290
2291#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2292#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2293msgid ""
2294"<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2295"checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2296"download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2297"network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2298"server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2299msgstr ""
2300
2301#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2302#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2303msgid ""
2304"<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2305"malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2306"propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2307"host."
2308msgstr ""
2309
2310#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2311#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2312msgid ""
2313"However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
2314"(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
2315"the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
2316"signature."
2317msgstr ""
2318
2319#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2320#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2321msgid "User Configuration"
2322msgstr ""
2323
2324#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2325#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2326msgid ""
2327"<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2328"by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
2329"as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
2330"archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
2331msgstr ""
2332
2333#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2334#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2335msgid ""
2336"Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securely "
2337"acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
2338"<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
2339"added."
2340msgstr ""
2341
2342#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2343#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2344msgid ""
2345"In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2346"sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2347"it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2348"update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2349"<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2350"from the archives you have configured."
2351msgstr ""
2352
2353#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2354#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2355msgid "Archive Configuration"
2356msgstr ""
2357
2358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2359#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2360msgid ""
2361"If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2362"maintenance you have to:"
2363msgstr ""
2364
2365#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2366#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2367msgid ""
2368"<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2369"already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2370"release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2371msgstr ""
2372
2373#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2374#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2375msgid ""
2376"<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2377"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2378"Release.gpg Release</command>."
2379msgstr ""
2380
2381#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2382#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2383msgid ""
2384"<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, so that your users will "
2385"know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2386"archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
2387"&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
2388"updates and key transitions automatically later."
2389msgstr ""
2390
2391#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2392#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2393msgid ""
2394"<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
2395"key</emphasis>. If your users can't acquire your key securely the chain of "
2396"trust described above is broken. How you can help users add your key "
2397"depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
2398"package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
2399"default repositories of their distribution) to leveraging the web of trust."
2400msgstr ""
2401
2402#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2403#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2404msgid ""
2405"Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2406"removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2407"above."
2408msgstr ""
2409
2410#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2411#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2412msgid ""
2413"&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2414"&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2415msgstr ""
2416
2417#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2418#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2419msgid ""
2420"For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2421"url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2422"Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual (also "
2423"available in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2424"url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2425"Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2426msgstr ""
2427
2428#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2429#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2430msgid "Manpage Authors"
2431msgstr ""
2432
2433#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2434#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2435msgid ""
2436"This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2437"Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2438msgstr ""
2439
2440#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2441#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2442msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2443msgstr ""
2444
2445#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2446#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2447msgid ""
2448"<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2449"available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2450"the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2451"mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2452msgstr ""
2453
2454#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2455#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2456msgid ""
2457"It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2458"system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2459"must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2460msgstr ""
2461
2462#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2463#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2464msgid ""
2465"<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2466"unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2467"to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2468"<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2469"title."
2470msgstr ""
2471
2472#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2473#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2474msgid ""
2475"APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2476"maintains a database of these IDs in "
2477"<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2478msgstr ""
2479
2480#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2481#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2482msgid ""
2483"A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2484"stored file name"
2485msgstr ""
2486
2487#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2488#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2489msgid ""
2490"Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2491"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2492"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2493msgstr ""
2494
2495#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2496#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2497msgid ""
2498"Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2499"be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2500"Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2501msgstr ""
2502
2503#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2504#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2505msgid ""
2506"Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2507"label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2508"new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2509msgstr ""
2510
2511#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2512#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2513msgid ""
2514"No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2515"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2516"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2517msgstr ""
2518
2519#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2520#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2521msgid ""
2522"Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2523"package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2524"been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2525"Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2526msgstr ""
2527
2528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2529#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2530msgid ""
2531"Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2532"1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2533"longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2534msgstr ""
2535
2536#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2537#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2538msgid ""
2539"No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2540"files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2541"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2542msgstr ""
2543
2544#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2545#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2546msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2547msgstr ""
2548
2549#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2550#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2551msgid ""
2552"<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2553"on error."
2554msgstr ""
2555
2556#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2557#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2558msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2559msgstr ""
2560
2561#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2562#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2563msgid ""
2564"<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2565"portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2566"the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2567"manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2568msgstr ""
2569
2570#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2571#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2572msgid ""
2573"shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2574"script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2575"the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2576"assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2577"used as follows:"
2578msgstr ""
2579
2580#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2581#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2582#, no-wrap
2583msgid ""
2584"OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2585"RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2586"eval $RES\n"
2587msgstr ""
2588
2589#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2590#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2591msgid ""
2592"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2593"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2594msgstr ""
2595
2596#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2597#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2598msgid ""
2599"The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2600"names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2601"integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2602msgstr ""
2603
2604#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2605#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2606msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2607msgstr ""
2608
2609#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2610#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2611msgid ""
2612"Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2613"--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2614msgstr ""
2615
2616#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2617#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2618msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2619msgstr ""
2620
2621#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2622#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2623msgid ""
2624"Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2625"its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2626"with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2627"will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2628"as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2629"and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2630msgstr ""
2631
2632#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2633#: apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
2634#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
2635msgid "&apt-conf;"
2636msgstr ""
2637
2638#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2639#: apt-config.8.xml:1
2640msgid ""
2641"<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2642"on error."
2643msgstr ""
2644
2645#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2646#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2647msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2648msgstr ""
2649
2650#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2651#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2652msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2653msgstr ""
2654
2655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2656#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
2657msgid "5"
2658msgstr ""
2659
2660#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2661#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2662msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2663msgstr ""
2664
2665#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2666#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2667msgid ""
2668"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2669"by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2670"only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2671"parser to provide a uniform environment."
2672msgstr ""
2673
2674#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2675#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2676msgid ""
2677"When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2678"following order:"
2679msgstr ""
2680
2681#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2682#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2683msgid ""
2684"the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2685"any)"
2686msgstr ""
2687
2688#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2689#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2690msgid ""
2691"all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2692"order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2693"extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2694"and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2695"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2696"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2697"case it will be silently ignored."
2698msgstr ""
2699
2700#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2701#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2702msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2703msgstr ""
2704
2705#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2706#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2707msgid ""
2708"all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
2709"the root of the tree."
2710msgstr ""
2711
2712#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2713#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2714msgid ""
2715"the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2716"directives or to load even more configuration files."
2717msgstr ""
2718
2719#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2720#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2721msgid "Syntax"
2722msgstr ""
2723
2724#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2725#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2726msgid ""
2727"The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2728"functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2729"notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2730"within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2731"their parent groups."
2732msgstr ""
2733
2734#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2735#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2736msgid ""
2737"Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2738"such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2739"treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2740"<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2741"Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2742"The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2743"on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2744"include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2745"alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2746"opened with curly braces, like this:"
2747msgstr ""
2748
2749#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2750#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2751#, no-wrap
2752msgid ""
2753"APT {\n"
2754" Get {\n"
2755" Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2756" Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2757" };\n"
2758"};\n"
2759msgstr ""
2760
2761#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2762#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2763msgid ""
2764"with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2765"opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2766"a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2767msgstr ""
2768
2769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2770#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2771#, no-wrap
2772msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2773msgstr ""
2774
2775#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2776#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2777msgid ""
2778"In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2779"for how it should look."
2780msgstr ""
2781
2782#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2783#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2784msgid ""
2785"Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2786"example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2787msgstr ""
2788
2789#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2790#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2791msgid ""
2792"Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2793"be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2794"you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2795"list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2796"any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2797msgstr ""
2798
2799#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2800#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2801msgid ""
2802"Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2803"deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2804"<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2805"given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2806"directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2807"the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2808"erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2809msgstr ""
2810
2811#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2812#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2813msgid ""
2814"The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2815"complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2816"an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2817"previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2818"new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2819msgstr ""
2820
2821#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2822#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2823msgid ""
2824"All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2825"configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2826"full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2827"followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2828"element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2829"list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2830"line.)"
2831msgstr ""
2832
2833#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2834#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2835msgid ""
2836"Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2837"for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2838"the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2839"syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2840"on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2841"like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2842"thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2843"syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2844"the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2845"used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2846"encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2847"doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2848msgstr ""
2849
2850#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2851#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2852msgid "The APT Group"
2853msgstr ""
2854
2855#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2856#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2857msgid ""
2858"This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2859"options for all of the tools."
2860msgstr ""
2861
2862#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2863#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2864msgid ""
2865"System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2866"parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2867"compiled for."
2868msgstr ""
2869
2870#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2871#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2872msgid ""
2873"All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2874"<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2875"instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2876"<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2877"is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2878"is always the system's native architecture "
2879"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2880"to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2881"--add-architecture</command>."
2882msgstr ""
2883
2884#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2885#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2886msgid ""
2887"This scope defines which compression formats are supported, how compression "
2888"and decompression can be performed if support for this format isn't built "
2889"into apt directly and a cost-value indicating how costly it is to compress "
2890"something in this format. As an example the following configuration stanza "
2891"would allow apt to download and uncompress as well as create and store files "
2892"with the low-cost <literal>.reversed</literal> file extension which it will "
2893"pass to the command <command>rev</command> without additional commandline "
2894"parameters for compression and uncompression:"
2895msgstr ""
2896
2897#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><informalexample><programlisting>
2898#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2899#, no-wrap
2900msgid ""
2901"APT::Compressor::rev {\n"
2902"\tName \"rev\";\n"
2903"\tExtension \".reversed\";\n"
2904"\tBinary \"rev\";\n"
2905"\tCompressArg {};\n"
2906"\tUncompressArg {};\n"
2907"\tCost \"10\";\n"
2908"};\n"
2909msgstr ""
2910
2911#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2912#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2913msgid ""
2914"List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2915"the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2916"is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2917"&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2918msgstr ""
2919
2920#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2921#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2922msgid ""
2923"Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2924"available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2925"'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&debian-stable-codename;', "
2926"'&debian-testing-codename;', '4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2927msgstr ""
2928
2929#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2930#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2931msgid ""
2932"Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2933"ignore held packages in its decision making."
2934msgstr ""
2935
2936#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2937#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2938msgid ""
2939"Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2940"packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2941"then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2942"but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2943msgstr ""
2944
2945#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2946#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2947msgid ""
2948"Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2949"packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2950"limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2951"treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2952"unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2953"unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2954"these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2955"scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2956"A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2957"longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2958msgstr ""
2959
2960#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2961#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2962msgid ""
2963"The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2964"problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2965"immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2966"to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2967"configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2968"temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2969"the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2970"rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2971"by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2972"already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2973"scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2974"the first place."
2975msgstr ""
2976
2977#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2978#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2979msgid ""
2980"Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2981"option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2982"package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2983"also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2984"buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2985"process."
2986msgstr ""
2987
2988#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2989#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2990msgid ""
2991"Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2992"you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2993"break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2994"essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2995"bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2996"<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2997"<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2998"packages depend on."
2999msgstr ""
3000
3001#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3002#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3003msgid ""
3004"APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
3005"the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
3006"the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
3007"will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
3008"that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
3009"likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
3010"be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
3011"increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
3012"of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
3013"the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
3014"value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
3015"to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
3016"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
3017"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
3018"<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
3019"is disabled."
3020msgstr ""
3021
3022#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3023#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3024msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
3025msgstr ""
3026
3027#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3028#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3029msgid ""
3030"The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
3031"for more information about the options here."
3032msgstr ""
3033
3034#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3035#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3036msgid ""
3037"The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
3038"documentation for more information about the options here."
3039msgstr ""
3040
3041#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3042#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3043msgid ""
3044"The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
3045"documentation for more information about the options here."
3046msgstr ""
3047
3048#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3049#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3050msgid "The Acquire Group"
3051msgstr ""
3052
3053#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3054#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3055msgid ""
3056"The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
3057"packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
3058"download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
3059msgstr ""
3060
3061#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3062#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3063msgid ""
3064"Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
3065"validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
3066"and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
3067"updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
3068"user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
3069"the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
3070"value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
3071"used. The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
3072"entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
3073"using this global override."
3074msgstr ""
3075
3076#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3077#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3078msgid ""
3079"Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3080"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3081"should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
3082"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
3083"the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
3084"for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
3085"the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
3086"achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3087"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
3088msgstr ""
3089
3090#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3091#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3092msgid ""
3093"Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3094"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3095"should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
3096"(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
3097"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
3098"expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
3099"by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
3100"same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3101"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
3102msgstr ""
3103
3104#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3105#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3106msgid ""
3107"Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
3108"<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
3109"by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
3110"or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
3111msgstr ""
3112
3113#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3114#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3115msgid ""
3116"Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
3117"<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
3118"PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
3119"file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
3120"percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
3121"file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
3122"instead of the patches."
3123msgstr ""
3124
3125#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3126#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3127msgid ""
3128"Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
3129"expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
3130"by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
3131"for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
3132"this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
3133"the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
3134msgstr ""
3135
3136#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3137#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3138msgid ""
3139"Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
3140"<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
3141"APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
3142"one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
3143"means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
3144msgstr ""
3145
3146#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3147#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3148msgid ""
3149"Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
3150"files the given number of times."
3151msgstr ""
3152
3153#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3154#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3155msgid ""
3156"Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
3157"be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
3158msgstr ""
3159
3160#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3161#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3162msgid ""
3163"<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
3164"URIs. It is in the standard form of "
3165"<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
3166"can also be specified by using the form "
3167"<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3168"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3169"settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
3170"be used."
3171msgstr ""
3172
3173#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3174#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3175msgid ""
3176"Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
3177"caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
3178"response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
3179"allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
3180"proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
3181"store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
3182"the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
3183msgstr ""
3184
3185#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3186#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt.conf.5.xml:1
3187msgid ""
3188"The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
3189"method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
3190msgstr ""
3191
3192#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3193#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3194msgid ""
3195"The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
3196"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
3197"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
3198"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
3199"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
3200"HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
3201"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
3202msgstr ""
3203
3204#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3205#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3206msgid ""
3207"<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
3208"follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
3209msgstr ""
3210
3211#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3212#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3213msgid ""
3214"The used bandwidth can be limited with "
3215"<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
3216"kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
3217"tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
3218"disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
3219msgstr ""
3220
3221#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3222#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3223msgid ""
3224"<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
3225"User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
3226"clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
3227msgstr ""
3228
3229#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3230#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3231msgid ""
3232"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
3233"an external command to discover the http proxy to use. The first and only "
3234"parameter is an URI denoting the host to be contacted to allow for "
3235"host-specific configuration. APT expects the command to output the proxy on "
3236"stdout as a single line in the style <literal>http://proxy:port/</literal> "
3237"or the word <literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be used. No output "
3238"indicates that the generic proxy settings should be used. Note that "
3239"auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-specific proxy "
3240"configuration is already set via "
3241"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></literal>. "
3242"See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that "
3243"uses avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
3244"<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
3245msgstr ""
3246
3247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3248#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3249msgid ""
3250"The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
3251"<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
3252"<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
3253"the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
3254"are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
3255"yet supported."
3256msgstr ""
3257
3258#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3259#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3260msgid ""
3261"<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
3262"about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
3263"corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
3264"suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
3265"verified against trusted certificates. "
3266"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3267"option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
3268"or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
3269"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3270"option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
3271"client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
3272"corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
3273"private key to use for client "
3274"authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
3275"per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
3276"version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
3277"'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
3278"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
3279"per-host option."
3280msgstr ""
3281
3282#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3283#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3284msgid ""
3285"<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
3286"It is in the standard form of "
3287"<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
3288"also be specified by using the form "
3289"<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3290"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3291"settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
3292"used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
3293"<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
3294"entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
3295"connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
3296"this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
3297"component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
3298"<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
3299"<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
3300"<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
3301msgstr ""
3302
3303#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3304#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3305msgid ""
3306"Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
3307"to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
3308"some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
3309"instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
3310"proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
3311msgstr ""
3312
3313#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3314#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3315msgid ""
3316"It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3317"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3318"discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3319"configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3320"low efficiency."
3321msgstr ""
3322
3323#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3324#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3325msgid ""
3326"The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3327"<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3328"false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3329"IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3330"that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3331msgstr ""
3332
3333#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3334#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3335#, no-wrap
3336msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3337msgstr ""
3338
3339#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3340#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3341msgid ""
3342"For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3343"option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3344"the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3345"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3346"and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3347"syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3348"<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3349"Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3350msgstr ""
3351
3352#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3353#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3354msgid ""
3355"For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3356"<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3357"gpgv."
3358msgstr ""
3359
3360#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3361#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3362#, no-wrap
3363msgid ""
3364"Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3365"\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3366msgstr ""
3367
3368#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3369#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3370msgid ""
3371"List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3372"Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3373"compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress and "
3374"recompress many common formats like <command>xz</command> and "
3375"<command>gzip</command>; with this scope the supported formats can be "
3376"queried, modified as well as support for more formats added (see also "
3377"<option>APT::Compressor</option>). The syntax for this is: <placeholder "
3378"type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3379msgstr ""
3380
3381#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3382#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3383#, no-wrap
3384msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3385msgstr ""
3386
3387#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3388#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3389#, no-wrap
3390msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"xz\"; \"gz\"; };"
3391msgstr ""
3392
3393#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3394#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3395msgid ""
3396"Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3397"order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3398"acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3399"in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3400"preferred type first - types not already added will be implicitly appended "
3401"to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/> "
3402"can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files over all "
3403"other compression formats. If <command>xz</command> should be preferred "
3404"over <command>gzip</command> and <command>bzip2</command> the configure "
3405"setting should look like this: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It "
3406"is not needed to add <literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it "
3407"will be added automatically."
3408msgstr ""
3409
3410#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3411#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3412#, no-wrap
3413msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3414msgstr ""
3415
3416#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3417#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3418msgid ""
3419"Note that the "
3420"<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3421"checked at run time. If this option has been set and support for this format "
3422"isn't directly built into apt, the method will only be used if this file "
3423"exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the inbuilt) setting "
3424"is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note also that list "
3425"entries specified on the command line will be added at the end of the list "
3426"specified in the configuration files, but before the default entries. To "
3427"prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the configuration "
3428"files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This will not "
3429"override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this type."
3430msgstr ""
3431
3432#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3433#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3434msgid ""
3435"The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3436"uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3437"uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3438msgstr ""
3439
3440#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3441#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3442msgid ""
3443"When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3444"Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3445"unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3446"CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3447msgstr ""
3448
3449#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3450#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3451msgid ""
3452"The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3453"files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3454"description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3455"description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3456"with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3457"<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3458"language codes are especially rare."
3459msgstr ""
3460
3461#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3462#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3463#, no-wrap
3464msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3465msgstr ""
3466
3467#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3468#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3469msgid ""
3470"The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3471"\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3472"will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3473"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3474"that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3475"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3476"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3477"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3478"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3479"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3480"<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3481"translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3482"specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3483"in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3484"one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3485"French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3486"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3487msgstr ""
3488
3489#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3490#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3491msgid ""
3492"Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3493"environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3494"files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3495"added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3496"\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3497msgstr ""
3498
3499#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3500#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3501msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3502msgstr ""
3503
3504#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3505#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3506msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3507msgstr ""
3508
3509#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3510#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3511msgid ""
3512"The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files. The default "
3513"is 10MB."
3514msgstr ""
3515
3516#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3517#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3518msgid ""
3519"This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
3520"in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to. The default is "
3521"\"true\"."
3522msgstr ""
3523
3524#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3525#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3526msgid ""
3527"Allow update operations to load data files from repositories without "
3528"sufficient security information. The default value is "
3529"\"<literal>false</literal>\". Concept, implications as well as alternatives "
3530"are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3531msgstr ""
3532
3533#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3534#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3535msgid ""
3536"Allow update operations to load data files from repositories which provide "
3537"security information, but these are deemed no longer cryptographically "
3538"strong enough. The default value is \"<literal>false</literal>\". Concept, "
3539"implications as well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3540msgstr ""
3541
3542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3543#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3544msgid ""
3545"Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
3546"during an update operation. When there is no valid signature for a "
3547"previously trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be "
3548"used to override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
3549"this. The default is <literal>false</literal>. Concept, implications as "
3550"well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3551msgstr ""
3552
3553#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3554#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3555msgid "scope"
3556msgstr ""
3557
3558#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3559#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3560msgid ""
3561"Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
3562"them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
3563"field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
3564"used to check if a "
3565"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3566"or "
3567"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
3568"option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
3569"can be overridden with "
3570"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3571"or "
3572"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. "
3573"The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that package "
3574"specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
3575"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
3576"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part "
3577"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except "
3578"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
3579"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
3580"name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if "
3581"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
3582"('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
3583"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value "
3584"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
3585"source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
3586"tried if available in this case."
3587msgstr ""
3588
3589#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3590#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3591msgid "Binary specific configuration"
3592msgstr ""
3593
3594#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3595#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3596msgid ""
3597"Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
3598"be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
3599"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
3600"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
3601"as well as <command>apt</command>."
3602msgstr ""
3603
3604#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3605#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3606msgid ""
3607"Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
3608"option inside the "
3609"<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
3610"scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
3611"<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
3612"<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
3613msgstr ""
3614
3615#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3616#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3617msgid ""
3618"Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
3619"binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
3620"loaded via the commandline."
3621msgstr ""
3622
3623#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3624#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3625msgid "Directories"
3626msgstr ""
3627
3628#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3629#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3630msgid ""
3631"The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3632"local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3633"downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3634"&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3635"<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3636"contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3637"start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3638msgstr ""
3639
3640#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3641#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3642msgid ""
3643"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3644"information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3645"and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3646"archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3647"be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
3648"<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>. This will slow "
3649"down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3650"pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3651"the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3652msgstr ""
3653
3654#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3655#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3656msgid ""
3657"<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3658"<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3659"<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3660"effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3661"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3662msgstr ""
3663
3664#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3665#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3666msgid ""
3667"The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3668"in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3669"main config file is loaded."
3670msgstr ""
3671
3672#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3673#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3674msgid ""
3675"Binary programs are pointed to by "
3676"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3677"the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3678"<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3679"<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3680"<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3681"specify the location of the respective programs."
3682msgstr ""
3683
3684#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3685#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3686msgid ""
3687"The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3688"set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
3689"<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>. So, for "
3690"instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
3691"<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
3692"is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
3693"will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. "
3694"If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
3695"instead."
3696msgstr ""
3697
3698#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3699#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3700msgid ""
3701"The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3702"which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3703"fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3704"<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3705"or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3706"default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3707msgstr ""
3708
3709#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3710#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3711msgid "APT in DSelect"
3712msgstr ""
3713
3714#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3715#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3716msgid ""
3717"When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3718"control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3719"section."
3720msgstr ""
3721
3722#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3723#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3724msgid ""
3725"Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3726"<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3727"<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3728"<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3729"packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3730"default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3731"packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3732"instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3733"downloading new packages."
3734msgstr ""
3735
3736#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3737#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3738msgid ""
3739"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3740"options when it is run for the install phase."
3741msgstr ""
3742
3743#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3744#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3745msgid ""
3746"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3747"options when it is run for the update phase."
3748msgstr ""
3749
3750#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3751#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3752msgid ""
3753"If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3754"The default is to prompt only on error."
3755msgstr ""
3756
3757#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3758#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3759msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3760msgstr ""
3761
3762#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3763#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3764msgid ""
3765"Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3766"in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3767msgstr ""
3768
3769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3770#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3771msgid ""
3772"This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3773"using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3774"&dpkg;."
3775msgstr ""
3776
3777#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3778#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3779msgid ""
3780"This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3781"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3782"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3783"fail APT will abort."
3784msgstr ""
3785
3786#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3787#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3788msgid ""
3789"This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3790"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3791"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3792"fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3793"going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3794"descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3795msgstr ""
3796
3797#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3798#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3799msgid ""
3800"Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
3801"descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
3802"configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
3803"information."
3804msgstr ""
3805
3806#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3807#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3808msgid ""
3809"Each configuration directive line has the form "
3810"<literal>key=value</literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
3811"nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
3812"<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
3813"signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
3814"multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
3815"configuration section ends with a blank line."
3816msgstr ""
3817
3818#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3819#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3820msgid ""
3821"Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: package name "
3822"(without architecture qualification even if foreign), old version, direction "
3823"of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for no change), "
3824"new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version at all (for "
3825"example when installing a package for the first time; no version is treated "
3826"as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, indicated as "
3827"<literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is \"**CONFIGURE**\" if "
3828"the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it is being removed, or "
3829"the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
3830msgstr ""
3831
3832#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3833#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3834msgid ""
3835"In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
3836"version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
3837"MultiArch type \"same\", \"foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
3838"\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
3839"it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
3840msgstr ""
3841
3842#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3843#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3844msgid ""
3845"The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3846"<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3847"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3848"accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3849"requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3850"support for instead."
3851msgstr ""
3852
3853#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3854#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3855msgid ""
3856"The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3857"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3858"which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3859"since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3860"the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3861"number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3862msgstr ""
3863
3864#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3865#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3866msgid ""
3867"APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3868"<filename>/</filename>."
3869msgstr ""
3870
3871#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3872#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3873msgid ""
3874"These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3875"default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3876msgstr ""
3877
3878#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3879#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3880msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3881msgstr ""
3882
3883#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3884#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3885msgid ""
3886"APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3887"triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3888"use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3889"decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3890"intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3891"drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3892"<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3893"be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3894"reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3895"of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3896msgstr ""
3897
3898#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3899#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3900#, no-wrap
3901msgid ""
3902"DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3903"PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3904"DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3905"DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3906msgstr ""
3907
3908#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3909#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3910msgid ""
3911"Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3912"these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3913"understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3914"enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3915"combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3916"you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3917"reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3918"see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3919"would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3920msgstr ""
3921
3922#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3923#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3924msgid ""
3925"Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3926"call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3927"short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3928"is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3929"exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3930"meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3931"calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3932"calls."
3933msgstr ""
3934
3935#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3936#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3937msgid ""
3938"Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3939"and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3940"\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3941"\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3942"be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3943"the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3944"ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3945"\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3946"&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3947"encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3948"<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3949"default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3950"potentially unbootable state."
3951msgstr ""
3952
3953#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3954#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3955msgid ""
3956"If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3957"--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3958"triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3959"option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3960"useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3961"installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3962"the last run."
3963msgstr ""
3964
3965#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3966#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3967msgid ""
3968"Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3969"pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3970"&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3971"showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3972"process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3973"package."
3974msgstr ""
3975
3976#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3977#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3978#, no-wrap
3979msgid ""
3980"OrderList::Score {\n"
3981"\tDelete 500;\n"
3982"\tEssential 200;\n"
3983"\tImmediate 10;\n"
3984"\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3985"};"
3986msgstr ""
3987
3988#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3989#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3990msgid ""
3991"Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3992"after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3993"process as these configure calls also currently require "
3994"<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3995"(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3996"immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3997"higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3998"change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3999"default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
4000msgstr ""
4001
4002#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4003#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4004msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
4005msgstr ""
4006
4007#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4008#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4009msgid ""
4010"<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
4011"of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
4012"<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
4013"for the brief documentation of these options."
4014msgstr ""
4015
4016#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4017#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4018msgid "Debug options"
4019msgstr ""
4020
4021#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4022#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4023msgid ""
4024"Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
4025"debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
4026"utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
4027"modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
4028"<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
4029"normal user, but a few may be:"
4030msgstr ""
4031
4032#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4033#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4034msgid ""
4035"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
4036"decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
4037"purge</literal>."
4038msgstr ""
4039
4040#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4041#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4042msgid ""
4043"<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
4044"used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
4045"install</literal>) as a non-root user."
4046msgstr ""
4047
4048#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4049#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4050msgid ""
4051"<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
4052"time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
4053msgstr ""
4054
4055#. TODO: provide a
4056#. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
4057#. to do this.
4058#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4059#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4060msgid ""
4061"<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
4062"in CD-ROM IDs."
4063msgstr ""
4064
4065#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4066#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4067msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
4068msgstr ""
4069
4070#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4071#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4072msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
4073msgstr ""
4074
4075#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4076#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4077msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
4078msgstr ""
4079
4080#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4081#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4082msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
4083msgstr ""
4084
4085#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4086#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4087msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
4088msgstr ""
4089
4090#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4091#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4092msgid ""
4093"Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
4094"<literal>gpg</literal>."
4095msgstr ""
4096
4097#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4098#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4099msgid ""
4100"Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
4101"stored on CD-ROMs."
4102msgstr ""
4103
4104#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4105#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4106msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
4107msgstr ""
4108
4109#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4110#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4111msgid ""
4112"Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
4113"<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
4114msgstr ""
4115
4116#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4117#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4118msgid ""
4119"Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
4120"of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
4121"a CD-ROM."
4122msgstr ""
4123
4124#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4125#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4126msgid ""
4127"Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
4128"<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
4129msgstr ""
4130
4131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4132#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4133msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
4134msgstr ""
4135
4136#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4137#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4138msgid ""
4139"Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
4140"cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
4141msgstr ""
4142
4143#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4144#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4145msgid ""
4146"Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
4147"and errors relating to package index list diffs."
4148msgstr ""
4149
4150#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4151#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4152msgid ""
4153"Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
4154"index diffs instead of full indices."
4155msgstr ""
4156
4157#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4158#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4159msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
4160msgstr ""
4161
4162#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4163#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4164msgid ""
4165"Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
4166"the removal of unused packages."
4167msgstr ""
4168
4169#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4170#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4171msgid ""
4172"Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
4173"installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
4174"auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
4175"and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
4176"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
4177msgstr ""
4178
4179#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4180#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4181msgid ""
4182"Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
4183"keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
4184"or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
4185"additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
4186"<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
4187"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
4188"-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
4189"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
4190"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
4191"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
4192"score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
4193"as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
4194"section the package appears in."
4195msgstr ""
4196
4197#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4198#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4199msgid ""
4200"When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
4201"invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
4202msgstr ""
4203
4204#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4205#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4206msgid ""
4207"Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
4208"any errors encountered while parsing it."
4209msgstr ""
4210
4211#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4212#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4213msgid ""
4214"Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
4215"<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
4216msgstr ""
4217
4218#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4219#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4220msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
4221msgstr ""
4222
4223#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4224#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4225msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
4226msgstr ""
4227
4228#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4229#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4230msgid ""
4231"Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
4232"happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
4233msgstr ""
4234
4235#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4236#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4237msgid ""
4238"Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
4239"the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
4240"described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
4241msgstr ""
4242
4243#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4244#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4245msgid ""
4246"Print information about the vendors read from "
4247"<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
4248msgstr ""
4249
4250#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4251#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4252msgid ""
4253"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
4254"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
4255"<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
4256msgstr ""
4257
4258#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4259#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
4260#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
4261msgid "Examples"
4262msgstr ""
4263
4264#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4265#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4266msgid ""
4267"&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
4268"possible options."
4269msgstr ""
4270
4271#. ? reading apt.conf
4272#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4273#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4274msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
4275msgstr ""
4276
4277#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4278#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4279msgid "Preference control file for APT"
4280msgstr ""
4281
4282#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4283#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4284msgid ""
4285"The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
4286"fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
4287"can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
4288"installation."
4289msgstr ""
4290
4291#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4292#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4293msgid ""
4294"Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
4295"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
4296"example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
4297"assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
4298"constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
4299"priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
4300"APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
4301"over which one is selected for installation."
4302msgstr ""
4303
4304#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4305#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4306msgid ""
4307"Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
4308"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
4309"case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
4310"the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
4311"instance, only the choice of version."
4312msgstr ""
4313
4314#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4315#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4316msgid ""
4317"Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
4318"they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
4319"not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
4320"packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
4321"will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
4322"understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
4323"release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
4324"older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
4325"releases. You have been warned."
4326msgstr ""
4327
4328#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4329#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4330msgid ""
4331"Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
4332"directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
4333"following naming convention: The files have either no or "
4334"\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
4335"alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
4336"Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4337"file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4338"configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4339msgstr ""
4340
4341#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4342#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4343msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
4344msgstr ""
4345
4346#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4347#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4348#, no-wrap
4349msgid ""
4350"<command>apt-get install -t testing "
4351"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
4352msgstr ""
4353
4354#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4355#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4356#, no-wrap
4357msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
4358msgstr ""
4359
4360#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4361#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4362msgid ""
4363"If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
4364"applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
4365"is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
4366"possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
4367"receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
4368"target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
4369"in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
4370"that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
4371"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
4372"specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
4373"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4374"id=\"1\"/>"
4375msgstr ""
4376
4377#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4378#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4379msgid ""
4380"If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
4381"algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
4382msgstr ""
4383
4384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4385#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4386msgid "priority 1"
4387msgstr ""
4388
4389#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4390#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4391msgid ""
4392"to the versions coming from archives which in their "
4393"<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
4394"<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4395"<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
4396msgstr ""
4397
4398#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4399#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4400msgid "priority 100"
4401msgstr ""
4402
4403#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4404#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4405msgid ""
4406"to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
4407"from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
4408"as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4409"backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
4410msgstr ""
4411
4412#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4413#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4414msgid "priority 500"
4415msgstr ""
4416
4417#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4418#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4419msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
4420msgstr ""
4421
4422#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4423#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4424msgid "priority 990"
4425msgstr ""
4426
4427#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4428#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4429msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
4430msgstr ""
4431
4432#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4433#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4434msgid ""
4435"The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
4436"assigned to the version."
4437msgstr ""
4438
4439#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4440#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4441msgid ""
4442"If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
4443"priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
4444"uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
4445"their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
4446"- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
4447"marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
4448msgstr ""
4449
4450#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4451#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4452msgid ""
4453"APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
4454"determine which version of a package to install."
4455msgstr ""
4456
4457#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4458#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4459msgid ""
4460"Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
4461"(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
4462"of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
4463"exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
4464"Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
4465msgstr ""
4466
4467#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4468#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4469msgid "Install the highest priority version."
4470msgstr ""
4471
4472#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4473#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4474msgid ""
4475"If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4476"(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4477msgstr ""
4478
4479#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4480#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4481msgid ""
4482"If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4483"the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4484"<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4485msgstr ""
4486
4487#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4488#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4489msgid ""
4490"In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4491"is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4492"the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4493"upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4494"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4495"upgrade</command> is executed."
4496msgstr ""
4497
4498#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4499#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4500msgid ""
4501"More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4502"recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4503"downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4504"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4505"upgrade</command> is executed."
4506msgstr ""
4507
4508#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4509#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4510msgid ""
4511"Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4512"belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4513"some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4514"<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4515"or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4516"<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4517"than the installed version."
4518msgstr ""
4519
4520#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4521#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4522msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4523msgstr ""
4524
4525#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4526#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4527msgid ""
4528"The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4529"assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4530"records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4531"specific form and a general form."
4532msgstr ""
4533
4534#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4535#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4536msgid ""
4537"The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4538"specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4539"the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4540"<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4541"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4542"spaces."
4543msgstr ""
4544
4545#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4546#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4547#, no-wrap
4548msgid ""
4549"Package: perl\n"
4550"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4551"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4552msgstr ""
4553
4554#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4555#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4556msgid ""
4557"The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4558"given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4559"in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4560"versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4561"fully qualified domain name."
4562msgstr ""
4563
4564#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4565#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4566msgid ""
4567"This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4568"of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4569"all package versions available from the local site."
4570msgstr ""
4571
4572#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4573#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4574#, no-wrap
4575msgid ""
4576"Package: *\n"
4577"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4578"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4579msgstr ""
4580
4581#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4582#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4583msgid ""
4584"A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4585"which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4586"high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4587"hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4588msgstr ""
4589
4590#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4591#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4592#, no-wrap
4593msgid ""
4594"Package: *\n"
4595"Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4596"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4597msgstr ""
4598
4599#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4600#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4601msgid ""
4602"This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4603"distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4604"follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4605"Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4606"\"Ximian\"."
4607msgstr ""
4608
4609#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4610#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4611msgid ""
4612"The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4613"belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4614"\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4615msgstr ""
4616
4617#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4618#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4619#, no-wrap
4620msgid ""
4621"Package: *\n"
4622"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4623"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4624msgstr ""
4625
4626#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4627#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4628msgid ""
4629"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4630"belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4631"\"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4632msgstr ""
4633
4634#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4635#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4636#, no-wrap
4637msgid ""
4638"Package: *\n"
4639"Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
4640"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4641msgstr ""
4642
4643#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4644#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4645msgid ""
4646"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4647"belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4648"and whose release Version number is "
4649"\"<literal>&debian-stable-version;</literal>\"."
4650msgstr ""
4651
4652#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4653#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4654#, no-wrap
4655msgid ""
4656"Package: *\n"
4657"Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
4658"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4659msgstr ""
4660
4661#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4662#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4663msgid ""
4664"The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
4665"conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
4666"For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
4667"condition is checked."
4668msgstr ""
4669
4670#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4671#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4672msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4673msgstr ""
4674
4675#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4676#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4677msgid ""
4678"APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4679"surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4680"priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4681"gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4682"extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4683msgstr ""
4684
4685#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4686#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4687#, no-wrap
4688msgid ""
4689"Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4690"Pin: release a=experimental\n"
4691"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4692msgstr ""
4693
4694#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4695#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4696msgid ""
4697"The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4698"string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4699"packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4700msgstr ""
4701
4702#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4703#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4704#, no-wrap
4705msgid ""
4706"Package: *\n"
4707"Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4708"Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4709msgstr ""
4710
4711#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4712#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4713msgid ""
4714"If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4715"behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4716"of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4717"the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4718"specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4719"Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4720msgstr ""
4721
4722#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4723#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4724msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4725msgstr ""
4726
4727#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4728#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4729msgid ""
4730"Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4731"negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4732msgstr ""
4733
4734#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4735#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4736msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4737msgstr ""
4738
4739#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4740#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4741msgid ""
4742"causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4743"package"
4744msgstr ""
4745
4746#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4747#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4748msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4749msgstr ""
4750
4751#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4752#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4753msgid ""
4754"causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4755"release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4756msgstr ""
4757
4758#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4759#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4760msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4761msgstr ""
4762
4763#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4764#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4765msgid ""
4766"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4767"belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4768msgstr ""
4769
4770#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4771#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4772msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4773msgstr ""
4774
4775#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4776#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4777msgid ""
4778"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4779"belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4780msgstr ""
4781
4782#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4783#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4784msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4785msgstr ""
4786
4787#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4788#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4789msgid ""
4790"causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4791"the package"
4792msgstr ""
4793
4794#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4795#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4796msgid "P &lt; 0"
4797msgstr ""
4798
4799#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4800#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4801msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4802msgstr ""
4803
4804#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4805#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4806msgid "P = 0"
4807msgstr ""
4808
4809#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4810#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4811msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
4812msgstr ""
4813
4814#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4815#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4816msgid ""
4817"The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
4818"determines the priority of the package version. Failing that, the priority "
4819"of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
4820"generic-form records matching the version. Records defined using patterns "
4821"in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
4822msgstr ""
4823
4824#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4825#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4826msgid ""
4827"For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4828"presented earlier:"
4829msgstr ""
4830
4831#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4832#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4833#, no-wrap
4834msgid ""
4835"Package: perl\n"
4836"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4837"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4838"\n"
4839"Package: *\n"
4840"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4841"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4842"\n"
4843"Package: *\n"
4844"Pin: release unstable\n"
4845"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4846msgstr ""
4847
4848#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4849#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4850msgid "Then:"
4851msgstr ""
4852
4853#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4854#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4855msgid ""
4856"The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4857"will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4858"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4859"&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4860"installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4861"downgraded."
4862msgstr ""
4863
4864#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4865#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4866msgid ""
4867"A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4868"available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4869"versions belonging to the target release."
4870msgstr ""
4871
4872#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4873#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4874msgid ""
4875"A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4876"site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4877"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4878"for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4879msgstr ""
4880
4881#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4882#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4883msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4884msgstr ""
4885
4886#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4887#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4888msgid ""
4889"The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4890"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4891"describe the packages available at that location."
4892msgstr ""
4893
4894#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4895#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4896msgid ""
4897"The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4898"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4899"for example, "
4900"<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4901"consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4902"in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4903"APT priorities:"
4904msgstr ""
4905
4906#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4907#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4908msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4909msgstr ""
4910
4911#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4912#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4913msgid "gives the package name"
4914msgstr ""
4915
4916#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4917#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4918msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4919msgstr ""
4920
4921#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4922#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4923msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4924msgstr ""
4925
4926#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4927#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4928msgid ""
4929"The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4930"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4931"example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4932"<filename>.../dists/&debian-stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It "
4933"consists of a single multi-line record which applies to "
4934"<emphasis>all</emphasis> of the packages in the directory tree below its "
4935"parent. Unlike the <filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the "
4936"lines in a <filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT "
4937"priorities:"
4938msgstr ""
4939
4940#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4941#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4942msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4943msgstr ""
4944
4945#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4946#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4947msgid ""
4948"names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4949"For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4950"that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4951"<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4952"archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4953"the line:"
4954msgstr ""
4955
4956#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4957#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4958#, no-wrap
4959msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4960msgstr ""
4961
4962#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4963#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4964msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4965msgstr ""
4966
4967#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4968#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4969msgid ""
4970"names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4971"For example, the line \"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" specifies that "
4972"all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4973"<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4974"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the "
4975"APT preferences file would require the line:"
4976msgstr ""
4977
4978#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4979#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4980#, no-wrap
4981msgid "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
4982msgstr ""
4983
4984#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4985#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4986msgid ""
4987"names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4988"belong to Debian release version &debian-stable-version;. Note that there "
4989"is normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4990"<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4991"released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4992"of the following lines."
4993msgstr ""
4994
4995#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4996#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4997#, no-wrap
4998msgid ""
4999"Pin: release v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
5000"Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
5001"Pin: release &debian-stable-version;\n"
5002msgstr ""
5003
5004#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5005#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5006msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
5007msgstr ""
5008
5009#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
5010#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5011msgid ""
5012"names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
5013"tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
5014"\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
5015"are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
5016"licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
5017"Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
5018"line:"
5019msgstr ""
5020
5021#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
5022#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5023#, no-wrap
5024msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
5025msgstr ""
5026
5027#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5028#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5029msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
5030msgstr ""
5031
5032#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
5033#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5034msgid ""
5035"names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
5036"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
5037"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
5038"file would require the line:"
5039msgstr ""
5040
5041#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
5042#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5043#, no-wrap
5044msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5045msgstr ""
5046
5047#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5048#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5049msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
5050msgstr ""
5051
5052#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
5053#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5054msgid ""
5055"names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
5056"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
5057"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
5058"file would require the line:"
5059msgstr ""
5060
5061#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
5062#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5063#, no-wrap
5064msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
5065msgstr ""
5066
5067#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5068#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5069msgid ""
5070"All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
5071"files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
5072"in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
5073"named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
5074"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
5075"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
5076"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
5077"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
5078"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
5079"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
5080msgstr ""
5081
5082#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5083#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5084msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
5085msgstr ""
5086
5087#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5088#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5089msgid ""
5090"Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
5091"more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
5092"provides a place for comments."
5093msgstr ""
5094
5095#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5096#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5097msgid "Tracking Stable"
5098msgstr ""
5099
5100#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5101#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5102#, no-wrap
5103msgid ""
5104"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
5105"Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
5106"Package: *\n"
5107"Pin: release a=stable\n"
5108"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5109"\n"
5110"Package: *\n"
5111"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5112"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5113msgstr ""
5114
5115#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5116#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5117msgid ""
5118"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5119"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5120"<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5121"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
5122"distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5123msgstr ""
5124
5125#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5126#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5127#, no-wrap
5128msgid ""
5129"apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
5130"apt-get upgrade\n"
5131"apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
5132msgstr ""
5133
5134#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5135#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5136msgid ""
5137"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5138"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5139"<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5140"id=\"0\"/>"
5141msgstr ""
5142
5143#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5144#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5145#, no-wrap
5146msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
5147msgstr ""
5148
5149#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5150#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5151msgid ""
5152"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5153"latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
5154"will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
5155"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5156msgstr ""
5157
5158#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5159#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5160msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
5161msgstr ""
5162
5163#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5164#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5165#, no-wrap
5166msgid ""
5167"Package: *\n"
5168"Pin: release a=testing\n"
5169"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5170"\n"
5171"Package: *\n"
5172"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
5173"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5174"\n"
5175"Package: *\n"
5176"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5177"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5178msgstr ""
5179
5180#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5181#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5182msgid ""
5183"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
5184"to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
5185"lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
5186"distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
5187"other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
5188"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5189msgstr ""
5190
5191#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5192#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5193msgid ""
5194"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5195"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5196"<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5197"id=\"0\"/>"
5198msgstr ""
5199
5200#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5201#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5202#, no-wrap
5203msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
5204msgstr ""
5205
5206#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5207#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5208msgid ""
5209"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5210"latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
5211"Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
5212"the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
5213"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5214"<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
5215"installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5216msgstr ""
5217
5218#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5219#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5220msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
5221msgstr ""
5222
5223#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5224#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5225#, no-wrap
5226msgid ""
5227"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
5228"versions\n"
5229"Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
5230"&debian-testing-codename; or sid\n"
5231"Package: *\n"
5232"Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
5233"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5234"\n"
5235"Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
5236"Package: *\n"
5237"Pin: release n=sid\n"
5238"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5239"\n"
5240"Package: *\n"
5241"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5242"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5243msgstr ""
5244
5245#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5246#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5247msgid ""
5248"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5249"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5250"specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5251"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
5252"codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
5253"the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
5254"<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
5255"want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
5256"notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
5257"configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5258msgstr ""
5259
5260#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5261#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5262msgid ""
5263"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5264"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
5265"the release codenamed with <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>. "
5266"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5267msgstr ""
5268
5269#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5270#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5271#, no-wrap
5272msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
5273msgstr ""
5274
5275#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5276#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5277msgid ""
5278"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5279"latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
5280"<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
5281"recent <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more "
5282"recent than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5283"<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
5284"version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5285msgstr ""
5286
5287#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5288#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5289msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
5290msgstr ""
5291
5292#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5293#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5294msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
5295msgstr ""
5296
5297#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5298#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5299msgid ""
5300"The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the files "
5301"contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
5302"support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
5303"files list one source per line (one-line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
5304"defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
5305"preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
5306"more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
5307"is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
5308"command from another APT front-end)."
5309msgstr ""
5310
5311#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5312#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5313msgid "sources.list.d"
5314msgstr ""
5315
5316#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5317#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5318msgid ""
5319"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
5320"add sources.list entries in separate files. Two different file formats are "
5321"allowed as described in the next two sections. Filenames need to have "
5322"either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
5323"<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format. The "
5324"filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
5325"(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a "
5326"notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
5327"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
5328"case it will be silently ignored."
5329msgstr ""
5330
5331#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5332#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5333msgid "One-Line-Style Format"
5334msgstr ""
5335
5336#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5337#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5338msgid ""
5339"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>. Each "
5340"line specifying a source starts with a type "
5341"(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
5342"this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
5343"line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
5344"on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
5345"entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line. If options should "
5346"be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
5347"enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>) included in the line "
5348"after the type separated from it with a space. If an option allows multiple "
5349"values these are separated from each other with a comma "
5350"(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by an "
5351"equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options also have "
5352"<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separators, which instead "
5353"of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
5354"to remove or include the given values."
5355msgstr ""
5356
5357#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5358#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5359msgid ""
5360"This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions. Note that "
5361"not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions. Note "
5362"also that some older applications parsing this format on their own might not "
5363"expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
5364"multi-architecture support."
5365msgstr ""
5366
5367#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5368#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5369msgid "deb822-Style Format"
5370msgstr ""
5371
5372#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5373#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5374msgid ""
5375"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>. The "
5376"format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
5377"derivatives, such as the metadata files that apt will download from the "
5378"configured sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a "
5379"Debian source package. Individual entries are separated by an empty line; "
5380"additional empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at "
5381"the start of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence "
5382"be disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
5383"usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
5384"entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it. Options have "
5385"the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
5386"(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s). Note "
5387"especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
5388"the one-line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
5389"also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
5390"<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
5391"than replacing it."
5392msgstr ""
5393
5394#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5395#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5396msgid ""
5397"This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
5398"versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier. It "
5399"is intended to make this format gradually the default format, deprecating "
5400"the previously described one-line-style format, as it is easier to create, "
5401"extend and modify for humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
5402"sources and/or options are involved. Developers who are working with and/or "
5403"parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
5404"to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
5405"adopt this format already, but may encounter problems with software not "
5406"supporting the format yet."
5407msgstr ""
5408
5409#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5410#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5411msgid "The deb and deb-src Types: General Format"
5412msgstr ""
5413
5414#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5415#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5416msgid ""
5417"The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
5418"archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
5419"<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
5420"<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
5421"<literal>&debian-stable-codename;</literal> or "
5422"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
5423"<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
5424"<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
5425"a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
5426"<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
5427"to fetch source indexes."
5428msgstr ""
5429
5430#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5431#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5432msgid ""
5433"The format for two one-line-style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
5434"and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
5435msgstr ""
5436
5437#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5438#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5439#, no-wrap
5440msgid ""
5441"deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
5442"[...]\n"
5443"deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
5444"[component2] [...]"
5445msgstr ""
5446
5447#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5448#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5449#, no-wrap
5450msgid ""
5451" Types: deb deb-src\n"
5452" URIs: uri\n"
5453" Suites: suite\n"
5454" Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
5455" option1: value1\n"
5456" option2: value2\n"
5457" "
5458msgstr ""
5459
5460#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5461#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5462msgid ""
5463"Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
5464"<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5465msgstr ""
5466
5467#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5468#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5469msgid ""
5470"The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
5471"Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
5472"<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
5473"components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
5474"slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
5475"particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. "
5476"If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
5477"<literal>component</literal> must be present."
5478msgstr ""
5479
5480#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5481#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5482msgid ""
5483"<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
5484"<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
5485"<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
5486"system. This permits architecture-independent "
5487"<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
5488"of interest when specifying an exact path; <literal>APT</literal> will "
5489"automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
5490msgstr ""
5491
5492#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5493#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5494msgid ""
5495"Especially in the one-line-style format since only one distribution can be "
5496"specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
5497"URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
5498"location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
5499"complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
5500"Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
5501"inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
5502"re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
5503"connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
5504"bandwidth."
5505msgstr ""
5506
5507#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5508#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5509msgid ""
5510"It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
5511"preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
5512"speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
5513"followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
5514msgstr ""
5515
5516#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5517#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5518#, no-wrap
5519msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
5520msgstr ""
5521
5522#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5523#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5524#, no-wrap
5525msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
5526msgstr ""
5527
5528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5529#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5530msgid ""
5531"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in "
5532"one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or "
5533"like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" "
5534"id=\"1\"/>"
5535msgstr ""
5536
5537#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5538#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5539msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
5540msgstr ""
5541
5542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5543#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5544msgid ""
5545"Each source entry can have options specified to modify which source is "
5546"accessed and how data is acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of the "
5547"options vary between the one-line-style and deb822-style formats as "
5548"described, but they both have the same options available. For simplicity we "
5549"list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one-line name in brackets. "
5550"Remember that besides setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
5551"the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
5552"names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
5553"versions."
5554msgstr ""
5555
5556#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5557#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5558msgid ""
5559"<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
5560"option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
5561"this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
5562"<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
5563msgstr ""
5564
5565#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5566#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5567msgid ""
5568"<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
5569"defining for which languages information such as translated package "
5570"descriptions should be downloaded. If this option isn't set the default is "
5571"all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
5572"option."
5573msgstr ""
5574
5575#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5576#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5577msgid ""
5578"<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
5579"defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
5580"not specified, the default set is defined by the "
5581"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are "
5582"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). "
5583"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the "
5584"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value "
5585"instead of using this multivalue option."
5586msgstr ""
5587
5588#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5589#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5590msgid ""
5591"<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>) is a yes/no value which "
5592"controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
5593"downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
5594"the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs. Defaults to the "
5595"value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
5596"the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to "
5597"the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
5598"defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5599msgstr ""
5600
5601#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5602#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5603msgid ""
5604"<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>) can have the value "
5605"<literal>yes</literal>, <literal>no</literal> or <literal>force</literal> "
5606"and controls if APT should try to acquire indexes via a URI constructed from "
5607"a hashsum of the expected file instead of using the well-known stable "
5608"filename of the index. Using this can avoid hashsum mismatches, but requires "
5609"a supporting mirror. A <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal> value "
5610"activates/disables the use of this feature if this source indicates support "
5611"for it, while <literal>force</literal> will enable the feature regardless of "
5612"what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the same "
5613"name for a specific index file defined in the "
5614"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
5615"value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
5616"defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5617msgstr ""
5618
5619#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5620#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5621msgid ""
5622"Furthermore, there are options which if set affect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
5623"sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
5624"entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
5625"detect and error out on such anomalies."
5626msgstr ""
5627
5628#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5629#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5630msgid ""
5631"<option>Allow-Insecure</option> (<option>allow-insecure</option>), "
5632"<option>Allow-Weak</option> (<option>allow-weak</option>) and "
5633"<option>Allow-Downgrade-To-Insecure</option> "
5634"(<option>allow-downgrade-to-insecure</option>) are boolean values which all "
5635"default to <literal>no</literal>. If set to <literal>yes</literal> they "
5636"circumvent parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore not be used lightly!"
5637msgstr ""
5638
5639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5640#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5641msgid ""
5642"<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>) is a tri-state value "
5643"which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
5644"warnings should be raised before e.g. packages are installed from this "
5645"source. This option can be used to override that decision. The value "
5646"<literal>yes</literal> tells APT always to consider this source as trusted, "
5647"even if it doesn't pass authentication checks. It disables parts of "
5648"&apt-secure;, and should therefore only be used in a local and trusted "
5649"context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The value "
5650"<literal>no</literal> does the opposite, causing the source to be handled as "
5651"untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. The default "
5652"value can't be set explicitly."
5653msgstr ""
5654
5655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5656#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5657msgid ""
5658"<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>) is either an "
5659"absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
5660"<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
5661"file) or one or more fingerprints of keys either in the "
5662"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in the keyrings in the "
5663"<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
5664"fingerprint</command>). If the option is set, only the key(s) in this "
5665"keyring or only the keys with these fingerprints are used for the "
5666"&apt-secure; verification of this repository. Defaults to the value of the "
5667"option with the same name if set in the previously acquired "
5668"<filename>Release</filename> file. Otherwise all keys in the trusted "
5669"keyrings are considered valid signers for this repository."
5670msgstr ""
5671
5672#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5673#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5674msgid ""
5675"<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is "
5676"a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
5677"repository creator can declare a time until which the data provided in the "
5678"repository should be considered valid, and if this time is reached, but no "
5679"new data is provided, the data is considered expired and an error is "
5680"raised. Besides increasing security, as a malicious attacker can't send old "
5681"data forever to prevent a user from upgrading to a new version, this also "
5682"helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some "
5683"repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, "
5684"so this check can be disabled by setting this option to "
5685"<literal>no</literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option "
5686"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
5687"<literal>yes</literal>."
5688msgstr ""
5689
5690#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5691#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5692msgid ""
5693"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
5694"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
5695"used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
5696"this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
5697"repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
5698"value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
5699"(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
5700"(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
5701"entirely. Default to the value of the configuration options "
5702"<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
5703"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
5704msgstr ""
5705
5706#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5707#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5708msgid "URI Specification"
5709msgstr ""
5710
5711#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5712#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5713msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5714msgstr ""
5715
5716#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5717#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5718msgid ""
5719"The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5720"considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5721"archives."
5722msgstr ""
5723
5724#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5725#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5726msgid ""
5727"The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5728"swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5729"list."
5730msgstr ""
5731
5732#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5733#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5734msgid ""
5735"The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5736"variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5737"http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5738"will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5739"the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5740"method of authentication."
5741msgstr ""
5742
5743#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5744#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5745msgid ""
5746"The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5747"is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5748"page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5749"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5750"HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5751"environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5752"variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5753"ignored."
5754msgstr ""
5755
5756#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5757#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5758msgid ""
5759"The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5760"copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5761"This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5762"APT."
5763msgstr ""
5764
5765#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5766#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5767msgid ""
5768"The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5769"the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5770"recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5771"commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5772msgstr ""
5773
5774#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5775#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5776msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5777msgstr ""
5778
5779#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5780#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5781msgid ""
5782"APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5783"which should follow the naming scheme "
5784"<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5785"instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5786"<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5787"HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5788"e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5789msgstr ""
5790
5791#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5792#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5793msgid ""
5794"Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
5795"stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5796msgstr ""
5797
5798#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5799#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5800#, no-wrap
5801msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5802msgstr ""
5803
5804#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5805#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5806#, no-wrap
5807msgid ""
5808"Types: deb\n"
5809"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5810"Suites: stable\n"
5811"Components: main contrib non-free"
5812msgstr ""
5813
5814#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5815#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5816msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5817msgstr ""
5818
5819#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5820#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5821#, no-wrap
5822msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5823msgstr ""
5824
5825#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5826#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5827#, no-wrap
5828msgid ""
5829"Types: deb\n"
5830"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5831"Suites: unstable\n"
5832"Components: main contrib non-free"
5833msgstr ""
5834
5835#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5836#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5837msgid "Sources specification for the above."
5838msgstr ""
5839
5840#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5841#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5842#, no-wrap
5843msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5844msgstr ""
5845
5846#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5847#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5848#, no-wrap
5849msgid ""
5850"Types: deb-src\n"
5851"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5852"Suites: unstable\n"
5853"Components: main contrib non-free"
5854msgstr ""
5855
5856#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5857#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5858msgid ""
5859"The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5860"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5861"<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5862msgstr ""
5863
5864#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5865#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5866#, no-wrap
5867msgid ""
5868"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
5869"deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://httpredir.debian.org/debian "
5870"&debian-stable-codename; main"
5871msgstr ""
5872
5873#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5874#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5875#, no-wrap
5876msgid ""
5877"Types: deb\n"
5878"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5879"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5880"Components: main\n"
5881"\n"
5882"Types: deb\n"
5883"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5884"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5885"Components: main\n"
5886"Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
5887msgstr ""
5888
5889#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5890#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5891msgid ""
5892"Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5893"hamm/main area."
5894msgstr ""
5895
5896#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5897#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5898#, no-wrap
5899msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5900msgstr ""
5901
5902#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5903#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5904#, no-wrap
5905msgid ""
5906"Types: deb\n"
5907"URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
5908"Suites: hamm\n"
5909"Components: main"
5910msgstr ""
5911
5912#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5913#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5914msgid ""
5915"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5916"directory, and uses only the &debian-stable-codename;/contrib area."
5917msgstr ""
5918
5919#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5920#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5921#, no-wrap
5922msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; contrib"
5923msgstr ""
5924
5925#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5926#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5927#, no-wrap
5928msgid ""
5929"Types: deb\n"
5930"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5931"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5932"Components: contrib"
5933msgstr ""
5934
5935#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5936#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5937msgid ""
5938"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5939"directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5940"well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5941"a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5942msgstr ""
5943
5944#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5945#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5946#, no-wrap
5947msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5948msgstr ""
5949
5950#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5951#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5952#, no-wrap
5953msgid ""
5954"Types: deb\n"
5955"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5956"Suites: unstable\n"
5957"Components: contrib"
5958msgstr ""
5959
5960#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5961#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5962#, no-wrap
5963msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5964msgstr ""
5965
5966#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5967#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5968#, no-wrap
5969msgid ""
5970"Types: deb\n"
5971"URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
5972"Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5973msgstr ""
5974
5975#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5976#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5977msgid ""
5978"Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5979"directory, and uses only files found under "
5980"<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5981"<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5982"supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5983"substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5984"this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
5985"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5986msgstr ""
5987
5988#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5989#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5990msgid ""
5991"Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
5992"and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
5993msgstr ""
5994
5995#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5996#: sources.list.5.xml:1
5997#, no-wrap
5998msgid ""
5999"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
6000"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
6001"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
6002"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
6003"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
6004"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
6005msgstr ""
6006
6007#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
6008#: sources.list.5.xml:1
6009#, no-wrap
6010msgid ""
6011"Types: deb deb-src\n"
6012"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
6013"Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
6014"Components: main contrib\n"
6015msgstr ""
6016
6017#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6018#: sources.list.5.xml:1
6019msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;, &apt-acquire-additional-files;"
6020msgstr ""
6021
6022#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
6023#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6024msgid "1"
6025msgstr ""
6026
6027#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6028#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6029msgid ""
6030"Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
6031"Debian packages"
6032msgstr ""
6033
6034#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6035#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6036msgid ""
6037"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
6038"files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
6039"config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
6040"config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
6041"format:"
6042msgstr ""
6043
6044#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6045#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6046msgid "package version template-file config-script"
6047msgstr ""
6048
6049#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6050#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6051msgid ""
6052"template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
6053"specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
6054"(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
6055"filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
6056"<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
6057msgstr ""
6058
6059#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6060#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6061msgid ""
6062"Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
6063"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
6064"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
6065msgstr ""
6066
6067#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6068#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6069msgid ""
6070"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
6071"decimal 100 on error."
6072msgstr ""
6073
6074#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6075#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6076msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
6077msgstr ""
6078
6079#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6080#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6081msgid ""
6082"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
6083"package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
6084"name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
6085"internal sorting rules."
6086msgstr ""
6087
6088#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6089#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6090msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
6091msgstr ""
6092
6093#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6094#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6095msgid ""
6096"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
6097"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
6098msgstr ""
6099
6100#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6101#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6102msgid ""
6103"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6104"100 on error."
6105msgstr ""
6106
6107#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6108#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6109msgid "Utility to generate index files"
6110msgstr ""
6111
6112#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6113#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6114msgid ""
6115"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
6116"the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
6117"files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
6118"site."
6119msgstr ""
6120
6121#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6122#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6123msgid ""
6124"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
6125"program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
6126"<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
6127"generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
6128"the generation process for a complete archive."
6129msgstr ""
6130
6131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6132#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6133msgid ""
6134"Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
6135"databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
6136"external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
6137"automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
6138"output files."
6139msgstr ""
6140
6141#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6142#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6143msgid ""
6144"The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
6145"takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
6146"emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
6147"equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
6148msgstr ""
6149
6150#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6151#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6152msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
6153msgstr ""
6154
6155#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6156#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6157msgid ""
6158"The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
6159"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
6160"for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
6161"approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
6162msgstr ""
6163
6164#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6165#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6166msgid ""
6167"If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
6168"for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
6169"change the source override file that will be used."
6170msgstr ""
6171
6172#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6173#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6174msgid ""
6175"The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
6176"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
6177".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
6178"to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
6179"to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
6180"separated by a comma in the output."
6181msgstr ""
6182
6183#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6184#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6185msgid ""
6186"The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
6187"directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
6188"and compressed <filename>Packages</filename>, <filename>Sources</filename>, "
6189"<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> and "
6190"<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, "
6191"<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by "
6192"default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). "
6193"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
6194"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
6195"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
6196"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
6197msgstr ""
6198
6199#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6200#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6201msgid ""
6202"Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
6203"the corresponding variables under "
6204"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
6205"e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
6206"fields are <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
6207"<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
6208"<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
6209"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, "
6210"<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> and "
6211"<literal>Description</literal>."
6212msgstr ""
6213
6214#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6215#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6216msgid ""
6217"The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
6218"cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
6219"config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
6220"are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
6221"maintaining the required settings."
6222msgstr ""
6223
6224#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6225#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6226msgid ""
6227"The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
6228"configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
6229msgstr ""
6230
6231#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6232#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6233msgid "The Generate Configuration"
6234msgstr ""
6235
6236#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6237#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6238msgid ""
6239"The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
6240"describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
6241"ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
6242"&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
6243"configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
6244"tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
6245msgstr ""
6246
6247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6248#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6249msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
6250msgstr ""
6251
6252#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6253#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6254msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
6255msgstr ""
6256
6257#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6258#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6259msgid ""
6260"The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
6261"to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
6262"directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
6263"to produce a complete an absolute path."
6264msgstr ""
6265
6266#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6267#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6268msgid ""
6269"Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
6270"this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
6271"nodes."
6272msgstr ""
6273
6274#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6275#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6276msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
6277msgstr ""
6278
6279#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6280#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6281msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
6282msgstr ""
6283
6284#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6285#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6286msgid ""
6287"Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
6288"<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
6289msgstr ""
6290
6291#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6292#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6293msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
6294msgstr ""
6295
6296#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6297#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6298msgid ""
6299"The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
6300"settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
6301"override these defaults with a per-section setting."
6302msgstr ""
6303
6304#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6305#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6306msgid ""
6307"Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
6308"is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of the "
6309"compressors configured via the <option>APT::Compressor</option> "
6310"configuration scope. The default for all compression schemes is '. gzip'."
6311msgstr ""
6312
6313#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6314#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6315msgid ""
6316"Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
6317"defaults to '.deb'."
6318msgstr ""
6319
6320#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6321#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6322msgid ""
6323"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6324"controls the compression for the Sources files."
6325msgstr ""
6326
6327#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6328#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6329msgid ""
6330"Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
6331"defaults to '.dsc'."
6332msgstr ""
6333
6334#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6335#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6336msgid ""
6337"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6338"controls the compression for the Contents files."
6339msgstr ""
6340
6341#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6342#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6343msgid ""
6344"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6345"controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
6346msgstr ""
6347
6348#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6349#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6350msgid ""
6351"Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
6352"per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
6353"<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
6354msgstr ""
6355
6356#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6357#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6358msgid ""
6359"Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
6360"index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
6361msgstr ""
6362
6363#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6364#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6365msgid ""
6366"Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
6367"<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
6368"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
6369msgstr ""
6370
6371#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6372#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6373msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
6374msgstr ""
6375
6376#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6377#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6378msgid ""
6379"Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
6380"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
6381"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
6382msgstr ""
6383
6384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6385#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6386msgid ""
6387"Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
6388"day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
6389"will all be rebuilt."
6390msgstr ""
6391
6392#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6393#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6394msgid ""
6395"Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
6396"changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
6397"updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
6398"that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
6399"hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
6400"new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
6401msgstr ""
6402
6403#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6404#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6405msgid ""
6406"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
6407"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
6408msgstr ""
6409
6410#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6411#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6412msgid ""
6413"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
6414"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
6415msgstr ""
6416
6417#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6418#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6419msgid ""
6420"Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
6421"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
6422msgstr ""
6423
6424#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6425#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6426msgid ""
6427"Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
6428"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
6429msgstr ""
6430
6431#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6432#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6433msgid ""
6434"Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
6435"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
6436"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
6437msgstr ""
6438
6439#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6440#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6441msgid ""
6442"Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
6443"instead of an external link. Defaults to "
6444"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
6445msgstr ""
6446
6447#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6448#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6449msgid ""
6450"Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
6451"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
6452"causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
6453"default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
6454"package files together automatically."
6455msgstr ""
6456
6457#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6458#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6459msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
6460msgstr ""
6461
6462#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6463#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6464msgid ""
6465"Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
6466"can share the same database."
6467msgstr ""
6468
6469#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6470#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6471msgid ""
6472"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6473"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6474"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
6475msgstr ""
6476
6477#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6478#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6479msgid ""
6480"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6481"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6482"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
6483"This is used when processing source indexes."
6484msgstr ""
6485
6486#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6487#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6488msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
6489msgstr ""
6490
6491#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6492#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6493msgid ""
6494"The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
6495"which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
6496"directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
6497"pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
6498"variable."
6499msgstr ""
6500
6501#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6502#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6503msgid ""
6504"The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
6505"<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
6506"path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
6507"setting such as <filename>dists/&debian-stable-codename;</filename>."
6508msgstr ""
6509
6510#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6511#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6512msgid ""
6513"All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
6514"can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
6515"variables."
6516msgstr ""
6517
6518#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
6519#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6520#, no-wrap
6521msgid ""
6522"for i in Sections do \n"
6523" for j in Architectures do\n"
6524" Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
6525" "
6526msgstr ""
6527
6528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6529#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6530msgid ""
6531"When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
6532"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
6533"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6534msgstr ""
6535
6536#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6537#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6538msgid ""
6539"This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
6540"distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
6541"non-free</literal>"
6542msgstr ""
6543
6544#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6545#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6546msgid ""
6547"This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
6548"search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
6549"this tree has a source archive. The architecture 'all' signals that "
6550"architecture specific files like <filename>Packages</filename> should not "
6551"include information about architecture <literal>all</literal> packages in "
6552"all files as they will be available in a dedicated file."
6553msgstr ""
6554
6555#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6556#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6557msgid ""
6558"Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
6559"and maintainer address information."
6560msgstr ""
6561
6562#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6563#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6564msgid ""
6565"Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
6566"information."
6567msgstr ""
6568
6569#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6570#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6571msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
6572msgstr ""
6573
6574#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6575#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6576msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
6577msgstr ""
6578
6579#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6580#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6581msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
6582msgstr ""
6583
6584#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6585#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6586msgid ""
6587"The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
6588"with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
6589"binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
6590"section with no substitution variables or "
6591"<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
6592msgstr ""
6593
6594#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6595#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6596msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
6597msgstr ""
6598
6599#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6600#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6601msgid ""
6602"Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
6603"<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
6604msgstr ""
6605
6606#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6607#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6608msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
6609msgstr ""
6610
6611#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6612#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6613msgid "Sets the binary override file."
6614msgstr ""
6615
6616#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6617#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6618msgid "Sets the source override file."
6619msgstr ""
6620
6621#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6622#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6623msgid "Sets the cache DB."
6624msgstr ""
6625
6626#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6627#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6628msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
6629msgstr ""
6630
6631#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6632#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6633msgid "Specifies the file list file."
6634msgstr ""
6635
6636#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6637#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6638msgid "The Binary Override File"
6639msgstr ""
6640
6641#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6642#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6643msgid ""
6644"The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
6645"contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
6646"name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
6647"section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
6648"permutation field."
6649msgstr ""
6650
6651#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6652#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6653#, no-wrap
6654msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
6655msgstr ""
6656
6657#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6658#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6659#, no-wrap
6660msgid "new"
6661msgstr ""
6662
6663#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6664#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6665msgid ""
6666"The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
6667"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
6668"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
6669"separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
6670"found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
6671"unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
6672msgstr ""
6673
6674#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6675#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6676msgid "The Source Override File"
6677msgstr ""
6678
6679#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6680#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6681msgid ""
6682"The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
6683"contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
6684"package name, the second is the section to assign it."
6685msgstr ""
6686
6687#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6688#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6689msgid "The Extra Override File"
6690msgstr ""
6691
6692#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6693#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6694msgid ""
6695"The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
6696"the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
6697"the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
6698msgstr ""
6699
6700#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6701#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6702msgid ""
6703"Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
6704"the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
6705"Configuration Items: "
6706"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
6707"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
6708"where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
6709"<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
6710"<literal>Release</literal> and "
6711"<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
6712"<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
6713"or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
6714msgstr ""
6715
6716#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6717#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6718msgid ""
6719"Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
6720"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
6721msgstr ""
6722
6723#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6724#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6725msgid ""
6726"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
6727"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
6728"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
6729"file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
6730msgstr ""
6731
6732#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6733#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6734msgid ""
6735"Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
6736"then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
6737"and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
6738"Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
6739msgstr ""
6740
6741#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6742#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6743msgid ""
6744"Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
6745"being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
6746"and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
6747"option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
6748"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
6749msgstr ""
6750
6751#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6752#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6753msgid ""
6754"Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
6755"command. Configuration Item: "
6756"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
6757msgstr ""
6758
6759#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6760#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6761msgid ""
6762"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
6763"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
6764msgstr ""
6765
6766#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6767#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6768msgid ""
6769"Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
6770"commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
6771"<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
6772"path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
6773msgstr ""
6774
6775#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6776#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6777msgid ""
6778"&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
6779"packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
6780"will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
6781"checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
6782"as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
6783"to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
6784"multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
6785"theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
6786"are useless."
6787msgstr ""
6788
6789#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6790#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6791msgid ""
6792"This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
6793"only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
6794"&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
6795"that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
6796"in the generate command."
6797msgstr ""
6798
6799#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
6800#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6801#, no-wrap
6802msgid ""
6803"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
6804"<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
6805"<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
6806msgstr ""
6807
6808#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6809#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6810msgid ""
6811"To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
6812"packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6813msgstr ""
6814
6815#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6816#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6817msgid ""
6818"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6819"100 on error."
6820msgstr ""
6821
6822#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
6823#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6824msgid "en"
6825msgstr ""
6826
6827#. type: Content of: <book><title>
6828#: guide.dbk:1
6829msgid "APT User's Guide"
6830msgstr ""
6831
6832#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
6833#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6834msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
6835msgstr ""
6836
6837#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
6838#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6839msgid "jgg@debian.org"
6840msgstr ""
6841
6842#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
6843#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6844msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
6845msgstr ""
6846
6847#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
6848#: guide.dbk:1
6849msgid ""
6850"This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6851"manager."
6852msgstr ""
6853
6854#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
6855#: guide.dbk:1
6856msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
6857msgstr ""
6858
6859#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
6860#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6861msgid "License Notice"
6862msgstr ""
6863
6864#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6865#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6866msgid ""
6867"\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6868"and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6869"published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6870"or (at your option) any later version."
6871msgstr ""
6872
6873#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6874#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6875msgid ""
6876"For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6877"/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6878msgstr ""
6879
6880#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6881#: guide.dbk:1
6882msgid "General"
6883msgstr ""
6884
6885#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6886#: guide.dbk:1
6887msgid ""
6888"The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6889"<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
6890"line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
6891"well as download new packages from the Internet."
6892msgstr ""
6893
6894#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6895#: guide.dbk:1
6896msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6897msgstr ""
6898
6899#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6900#: guide.dbk:1
6901msgid ""
6902"The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6903"with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6904"the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6905msgstr ""
6906
6907#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6908#: guide.dbk:1
6909msgid ""
6910"The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6911"elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6912"used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6913"things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6914"in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6915msgstr ""
6916
6917#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6918#: guide.dbk:1
6919msgid ""
6920"The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6921"concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6922"package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6923"properly."
6924msgstr ""
6925
6926#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6927#: guide.dbk:1
6928msgid ""
6929"For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6930"with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6931"simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6932"simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6933msgstr ""
6934
6935#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6936#: guide.dbk:1
6937msgid ""
6938"The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6939"means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6940"may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6941"mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6942"have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6943"network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6944"system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6945"other mail transport agents."
6946msgstr ""
6947
6948#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6949#: guide.dbk:1
6950msgid ""
6951"As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6952"to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6953"identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6954"the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6955"mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6956"a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6957"depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6958"trying to manually fix packages."
6959msgstr ""
6960
6961#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6962#: guide.dbk:1
6963msgid ""
6964"At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6965"already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6966"issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6967"packages for installation."
6968msgstr ""
6969
6970#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6971#: guide.dbk:1
6972msgid "apt-get"
6973msgstr ""
6974
6975#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6976#: guide.dbk:1
6977msgid ""
6978"<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
6979"the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
6980"does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
6981"can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
6982msgstr ""
6983
6984#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6985#: guide.dbk:1
6986msgid ""
6987"If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
6988"environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
6989msgstr ""
6990
6991#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6992#: guide.dbk:1
6993msgid ""
6994"The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
6995"done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
6996"from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
6997"available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
6998"instance,"
6999msgstr ""
7000
7001#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7002#: guide.dbk:1
7003#, no-wrap
7004msgid ""
7005"# apt-get update\n"
7006"Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
7007"Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7008"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7009"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7010msgstr ""
7011
7012#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7013#: guide.dbk:1
7014msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
7015msgstr ""
7016
7017#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
7018#: guide.dbk:1
7019msgid "upgrade"
7020msgstr ""
7021
7022#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7023#: guide.dbk:1
7024msgid ""
7025"Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
7026"install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
7027"upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
7028"used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
7029"the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
7030"on new packages or conflict with some other "
7031"package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
7032"can be used to force these packages to install."
7033msgstr ""
7034
7035#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
7036#: guide.dbk:1
7037msgid "install"
7038msgstr ""
7039
7040#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7041#: guide.dbk:1
7042msgid ""
7043"Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
7044"fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
7045"the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
7046"number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
7047"fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
7048"the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
7049"anything other than its arguments are changed."
7050msgstr ""
7051
7052#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
7053#: guide.dbk:1
7054msgid "dist-upgrade"
7055msgstr ""
7056
7057#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7058#: guide.dbk:1
7059msgid ""
7060"Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
7061"releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
7062"set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
7063"to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
7064"dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
7065"<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
7066"<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
7067"been left out."
7068msgstr ""
7069
7070#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7071#: guide.dbk:1
7072msgid ""
7073"It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
7074"decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
7075msgstr ""
7076
7077#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7078#: guide.dbk:1
7079msgid ""
7080"<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
7081"detailed in its man page, "
7082"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
7083"The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
7084"fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
7085"would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
7086"wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
7087"installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
7088"again without <literal>-d</literal>."
7089msgstr ""
7090
7091#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7092#: guide.dbk:1
7093msgid "DSelect"
7094msgstr ""
7095
7096#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7097#: guide.dbk:1
7098msgid ""
7099"The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
7100"with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
7101"GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
7102"installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
7103msgstr ""
7104
7105#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7106#: guide.dbk:1
7107msgid ""
7108"To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
7109"<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
7110"prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
7111"archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
7112"CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
7113"will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
7114"have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
7115"mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
7116"automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
7117"Internet."
7118msgstr ""
7119
7120#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7121#: guide.dbk:1
7122#, no-wrap
7123msgid ""
7124" Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
7125"\n"
7126" Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
7127" The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
7128"\n"
7129" For example:\n"
7130" file:/mnt/debian,\n"
7131" ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
7132" http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
7133"\n"
7134"\n"
7135" URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
7136msgstr ""
7137
7138#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7139#: guide.dbk:1
7140msgid ""
7141"The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
7142"Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
7143"distribution to get."
7144msgstr ""
7145
7146#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7147#: guide.dbk:1
7148#, no-wrap
7149msgid ""
7150" Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
7151" package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
7152" tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
7153"\n"
7154" Distribution [stable]:\n"
7155msgstr ""
7156
7157#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7158#: guide.dbk:1
7159msgid ""
7160"The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
7161"<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
7162"<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
7163"version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
7164"refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
7165"cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
7166"US is legal however."
7167msgstr ""
7168
7169#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7170#: guide.dbk:1
7171#, no-wrap
7172msgid ""
7173" Please give the components to get\n"
7174" The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
7175"\n"
7176" Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
7177msgstr ""
7178
7179#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7180#: guide.dbk:1
7181msgid ""
7182"The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
7183"distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
7184"packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
7185"restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
7186msgstr ""
7187
7188#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7189#: guide.dbk:1
7190msgid ""
7191"Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
7192"until you have specified all that you want."
7193msgstr ""
7194
7195#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7196#: guide.dbk:1
7197msgid ""
7198"Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
7199"the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
7200"of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
7201"available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
7202"<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
7203msgstr ""
7204
7205#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7206#: guide.dbk:1
7207msgid ""
7208"You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
7209"the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
7210"[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
7211"them together."
7212msgstr ""
7213
7214#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7215#: guide.dbk:1
7216msgid ""
7217"By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
7218"have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
7219"<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
7220msgstr ""
7221
7222#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7223#: guide.dbk:1
7224msgid "The Interface"
7225msgstr ""
7226
7227#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
7228#: guide.dbk:1
7229msgid ""
7230"The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
7231"to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
7232"functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
7233msgstr ""
7234
7235#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7236#: guide.dbk:1
7237msgid ""
7238"Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
7239"<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
7240"that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
7241"it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
7242"of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
7243"so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
7244msgstr ""
7245
7246#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7247#: guide.dbk:1
7248msgid "Startup"
7249msgstr ""
7250
7251#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7252#: guide.dbk:1
7253msgid ""
7254"Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
7255"prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
7256"state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
7257"<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
7258msgstr ""
7259
7260#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7261#: guide.dbk:1
7262#, no-wrap
7263msgid ""
7264"# apt-get check\n"
7265"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7266"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7267msgstr ""
7268
7269#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7270#: guide.dbk:1
7271msgid ""
7272"The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
7273"a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
7274"run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
7275"and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
7276msgstr ""
7277
7278#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7279#: guide.dbk:1
7280msgid ""
7281"The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
7282"dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
7283"package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
7284"will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
7285msgstr ""
7286
7287#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7288#: guide.dbk:1
7289#, no-wrap
7290msgid ""
7291"# apt-get check\n"
7292"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7293"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7294"You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
7295"Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
7296" 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
7297" uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
7298" blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7299" adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
7300" aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
7301" debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
7302" bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
7303" cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
7304" Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7305" libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
7306msgstr ""
7307
7308#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7309#: guide.dbk:1
7310msgid ""
7311"In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
7312"with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
7313"printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
7314"that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
7315"problem is also included."
7316msgstr ""
7317
7318#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
7319#: guide.dbk:1
7320msgid ""
7321"APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
7322"packages"
7323msgstr ""
7324
7325#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7326#: guide.dbk:1
7327msgid ""
7328"There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
7329"is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
7330"between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
7331"id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
7332"operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
7333"dependents being installed."
7334msgstr ""
7335
7336#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7337#: guide.dbk:1
7338msgid ""
7339"The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
7340"certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
7341"supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
7342"will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
7343"continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
7344"<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
7345"maintainer scripts."
7346msgstr ""
7347
7348#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7349#: guide.dbk:1
7350msgid ""
7351"However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
7352"broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
7353"either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
7354"case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
7355"correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
7356msgstr ""
7357
7358#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7359#: guide.dbk:1
7360msgid "The Status Report"
7361msgstr ""
7362
7363#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7364#: guide.dbk:1
7365msgid ""
7366"Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
7367"will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
7368"performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
7369"reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
7370"<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
7371"command being executed."
7372msgstr ""
7373
7374#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7375#: guide.dbk:1
7376msgid "The Extra Package list"
7377msgstr ""
7378
7379#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7380#: guide.dbk:1
7381#, no-wrap
7382msgid ""
7383"The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
7384" libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
7385" mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
7386" bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
7387" squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
7388" ssh\n"
7389msgstr ""
7390
7391#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7392#: guide.dbk:1
7393msgid ""
7394"The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
7395"upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
7396"generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
7397"often the result of an Auto Install."
7398msgstr ""
7399
7400#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7401#: guide.dbk:1
7402msgid "The Packages to Remove"
7403msgstr ""
7404
7405#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7406#: guide.dbk:1
7407#, no-wrap
7408msgid ""
7409"The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
7410" xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
7411" xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
7412" xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
7413" nas xpilot xfig\n"
7414msgstr ""
7415
7416#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7417#: guide.dbk:1
7418msgid ""
7419"The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
7420"from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
7421"given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
7422"off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
7423"packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
7424"contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
7425"partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
7426msgstr ""
7427
7428#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7429#: guide.dbk:1
7430msgid "The New Packages list"
7431msgstr ""
7432
7433#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7434#: guide.dbk:1
7435#, no-wrap
7436msgid ""
7437"The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
7438" zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
7439msgstr ""
7440
7441#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7442#: guide.dbk:1
7443msgid ""
7444"The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
7445"listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
7446"done."
7447msgstr ""
7448
7449#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7450#: guide.dbk:1
7451msgid "The Kept Back list"
7452msgstr ""
7453
7454#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7455#: guide.dbk:1
7456#, no-wrap
7457msgid ""
7458"The following packages have been kept back\n"
7459" compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
7460" gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
7461msgstr ""
7462
7463#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7464#: guide.dbk:1
7465msgid ""
7466"Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
7467"new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
7468"or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
7469"appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
7470"to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
7471"<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
7472msgstr ""
7473
7474#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7475#: guide.dbk:1
7476msgid "Held Packages warning"
7477msgstr ""
7478
7479#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7480#: guide.dbk:1
7481#, no-wrap
7482msgid ""
7483"The following held packages will be changed:\n"
7484" cvs\n"
7485msgstr ""
7486
7487#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7488#: guide.dbk:1
7489msgid ""
7490"Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
7491"case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
7492"changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
7493msgstr ""
7494
7495#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7496#: guide.dbk:1
7497msgid "Final summary"
7498msgstr ""
7499
7500#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7501#: guide.dbk:1
7502msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
7503msgstr ""
7504
7505#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7506#: guide.dbk:1
7507#, no-wrap
7508msgid ""
7509"206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
7510"upgraded.\n"
7511"12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
7512"Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
7513msgstr ""
7514
7515#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7516#: guide.dbk:1
7517msgid ""
7518"The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
7519"lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
7520"installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
7521"number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
7522"installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
7523"installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
7524"archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
7525"fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
7526"the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
7527"the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
7528"roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
7529"done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
7530"indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
7531msgstr ""
7532
7533#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7534#: guide.dbk:1
7535msgid ""
7536"Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
7537"to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
7538msgstr ""
7539
7540#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7541#: guide.dbk:1
7542msgid "The Status Display"
7543msgstr ""
7544
7545#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7546#: guide.dbk:1
7547msgid ""
7548"During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
7549"status messages."
7550msgstr ""
7551
7552#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7553#: guide.dbk:1
7554#, no-wrap
7555msgid ""
7556"# apt-get update\n"
7557"Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
7558"Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7559"Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
7560"Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
7561"Packages\n"
7562"Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
7563"11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
7564msgstr ""
7565
7566#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7567#: guide.dbk:1
7568msgid ""
7569"The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
7570"begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
7571"download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
7572"percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
7573"is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
7574"which causes some inaccuracies."
7575msgstr ""
7576
7577#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7578#: guide.dbk:1
7579msgid ""
7580"The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
7581"thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
7582"information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
7583"<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
7584"module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
7585"history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
7586"downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
7587"being fetched."
7588msgstr ""
7589
7590#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7591#: guide.dbk:1
7592msgid ""
7593"Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
7594"of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
7595"<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
7596"<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
7597"value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
7598"download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
7599"indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
7600"expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
7601"space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
7602"second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
7603"updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
7604"period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
7605"regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
7606"rate."
7607msgstr ""
7608
7609#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7610#: guide.dbk:1
7611msgid ""
7612"The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
7613"on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
7614"is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
7615"for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
7616"status display."
7617msgstr ""
7618
7619#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7620#: guide.dbk:1
7621msgid "Dpkg"
7622msgstr ""
7623
7624#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7625#: guide.dbk:1
7626msgid ""
7627"APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
7628"over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
7629"completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
7630"processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
7631"questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
7632"asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
7633msgstr ""
7634
7635#. type: Content of: <book><title>
7636#: offline.dbk:1
7637msgid "Using APT Offline"
7638msgstr ""
7639
7640#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
7641#: offline.dbk:1
7642msgid ""
7643"This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
7644"specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
7645msgstr ""
7646
7647#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
7648#: offline.dbk:1
7649msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
7650msgstr ""
7651
7652#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7653#: offline.dbk:1
7654msgid "Introduction"
7655msgstr ""
7656
7657#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7658#: offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
7659msgid "Overview"
7660msgstr ""
7661
7662#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7663#: offline.dbk:1
7664msgid ""
7665"Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
7666"media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
7667"machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
7668"fast connection but they are physically distant."
7669msgstr ""
7670
7671#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7672#: offline.dbk:1
7673msgid ""
7674"The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
7675"SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
7676"archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
7677"to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
7678"them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
7679"possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
7680"different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
7681"host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
7682"<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
7683msgstr ""
7684
7685#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7686#: offline.dbk:1
7687msgid ""
7688"This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
7689"essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
7690"that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
7691"file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
7692msgstr ""
7693
7694#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7695#: offline.dbk:1
7696msgid "Using APT on both machines"
7697msgstr ""
7698
7699#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7700#: offline.dbk:1
7701msgid ""
7702"APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
7703"basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
7704"remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
7705"to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
7706msgstr ""
7707
7708#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7709#: offline.dbk:1
7710#, no-wrap
7711msgid ""
7712" /disc/\n"
7713" archives/\n"
7714" partial/\n"
7715" lists/\n"
7716" partial/\n"
7717" status\n"
7718" sources.list\n"
7719" apt.conf\n"
7720msgstr ""
7721
7722#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7723#: offline.dbk:1
7724msgid "The configuration file"
7725msgstr ""
7726
7727#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7728#: offline.dbk:1
7729msgid ""
7730"The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
7731"use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
7732"contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
7733"the status file should be a copy of "
7734"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
7735"host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
7736"copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
7737msgstr ""
7738
7739#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7740#: offline.dbk:1
7741msgid ""
7742"<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
7743"APT use the disc:"
7744msgstr ""
7745
7746#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7747#: offline.dbk:1
7748#, no-wrap
7749msgid ""
7750" APT\n"
7751" {\n"
7752" /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
7753"tells\n"
7754" the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
7755" Architecture \"i386\";\n"
7756"\n"
7757" Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
7758" };\n"
7759"\n"
7760" Dir\n"
7761" {\n"
7762" /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
7763" the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
7764" State \"/disc/\";\n"
7765" State::status \"status\";\n"
7766"\n"
7767" // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
7768" Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
7769" Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
7770"\n"
7771" // Location of the source list.\n"
7772" Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
7773" };\n"
7774msgstr ""
7775
7776#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7777#: offline.dbk:1
7778msgid ""
7779"More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
7780"configuration file in "
7781"<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
7782msgstr ""
7783
7784#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7785#: offline.dbk:1
7786msgid ""
7787"On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
7788"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
7789"create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
7790"<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
7791"<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
7792"machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
7793"following:"
7794msgstr ""
7795
7796#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7797#: offline.dbk:1
7798#, no-wrap
7799msgid ""
7800" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7801" # apt-get update\n"
7802" [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
7803" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7804" [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
7805msgstr ""
7806
7807#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7808#: offline.dbk:1
7809msgid ""
7810"The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
7811"commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
7812"such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
7813"communicating your selections back to the local computer."
7814msgstr ""
7815
7816#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7817#: offline.dbk:1
7818msgid ""
7819"Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
7820"the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
7821msgstr ""
7822
7823#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7824#: offline.dbk:1
7825#, no-wrap
7826msgid ""
7827" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7828" # apt-get check\n"
7829" [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
7830" # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
7831" [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
7832msgstr ""
7833
7834#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7835#: offline.dbk:1
7836msgid ""
7837"It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
7838"local one. This is very important!"
7839msgstr ""
7840
7841#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7842#: offline.dbk:1
7843msgid ""
7844"If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
7845"disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
7846"remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
7847"selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
7848"NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
7849msgstr ""
7850
7851#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7852#: offline.dbk:1
7853msgid "Using APT and wget"
7854msgstr ""
7855
7856#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7857#: offline.dbk:1
7858msgid ""
7859"<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
7860"run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
7861"Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
7862msgstr ""
7863
7864#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7865#: offline.dbk:1
7866msgid ""
7867"The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7868"downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7869"option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7870"packages."
7871msgstr ""
7872
7873#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7874#: offline.dbk:1
7875msgid "Operation"
7876msgstr ""
7877
7878#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7879#: offline.dbk:1
7880msgid ""
7881"Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7882"required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7883msgstr ""
7884
7885#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7886#: offline.dbk:1
7887#, no-wrap
7888msgid ""
7889" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7890" [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7891" # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
7892" # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
7893msgstr ""
7894
7895#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7896#: offline.dbk:1
7897msgid ""
7898"Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7899"dselect-upgrade."
7900msgstr ""
7901
7902#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7903#: offline.dbk:1
7904msgid ""
7905"The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7906"execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7907"with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7908"output on the disc."
7909msgstr ""
7910
7911#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7912#: offline.dbk:1
7913msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7914msgstr ""
7915
7916#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7917#: offline.dbk:1
7918#, no-wrap
7919msgid ""
7920" # cd /disc\n"
7921" # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7922" [ wait.. ]\n"
7923msgstr ""
7924
7925#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7926#: offline.dbk:1
7927msgid ""
7928"Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7929"installation can proceed using,"
7930msgstr ""
7931
7932#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7933#: offline.dbk:1
7934#, no-wrap
7935msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
7936msgstr ""
7937
7938#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7939#: offline.dbk:1
7940msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7941msgstr ""